| File: | tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h |
| Warning: | line 274, column 7 Excessive padding in 'class clang::Sema' (75 padding bytes, where 3 is optimal). Optimal fields order: ExternalSource, LangOpts, PP, Context, Consumer, Diags, SourceMgr, CodeCompleter, CurContext, OriginalLexicalContext, VAListTagName, CurInitSeg, VisContext, PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl, PreallocatedFunctionScope, FieldCollector, PureVirtualClassDiagSet, LateTemplateParser, LateTemplateParserCleanup, OpaqueParser, DelayedDiagnostics, TUScope, StdNamespace, StdBadAlloc, StdAlignValT, StdExperimentalNamespaceCache, StdInitializerList, CXXTypeInfoDecl, MSVCGuidDecl, NSAPIObj, NSNumberDecl, NSValueDecl, NSNumberPointer, NSValuePointer, NSStringDecl, NSStringPointer, StringWithUTF8StringMethod, ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod, NSArrayDecl, ArrayWithObjectsMethod, NSDictionaryDecl, DictionaryWithObjectsMethod, QIDNSCopying, RespondsToSelectorSel, CXXThisTypeOverride, CurrentInstantiationScope, ThreadSafetyDeclCache, VarDataSharingAttributesStack, TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues, CurScope, Ident_super, Ident___float128, Ident__Nonnull, Ident__Nullable, Ident__Null_unspecified, Ident_NSError, SemaPPCallbackHandler, CFError, IdResolver, SpecialMemberCache, TemplateInstCallbacks, OpenCLFeatures, ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers, FlagBitsCache, UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations, UnparsedDefaultArgLocs, MethodPool, VisibleModules, ShadowingDecls, VTablesUsed, InstantiatingSpecializations, InstantiatedNonDependentTypes, LookupModulesCache, VisibleNamespaceCache, SuppressedDiagnostics, TypoCorrectionFailures, CurrOpenCLExtension, OpenCLTypeExtMap, OpenCLDeclExtMap, CUDADeferredDiags, LocsWithCUDACallDiags, CUDAKnownEmittedFns, CUDACallGraph, CurrentSEHFinally, PragmaClangBSSSection, PragmaClangDataSection, PragmaClangRodataSection, PragmaClangTextSection, WeakTopLevelDecl, NullabilityMap, LateParsedInstantiations, MaybeODRUseExprs, FunctionScopes, DeleteExprs, DelayedExceptionSpecChecks, DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs, LateParsedTemplateMap, WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers, UndefinedButUsed, ReferencedSelectors, CurrentParameterCopyTypes, DelayedTypos, KnownNamespaces, DelayedDllExportClasses, ParsingInitForAutoVars, SpecialMembersBeingDeclared, TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions, ExtVectorDecls, TentativeDefinitions, UnusedFileScopedDecls, DelegatingCtorDecls, PendingInstantiations, PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations, ExprCleanupObjects, AnalysisWarnings, VtorDispStack, PackStack, UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates, DataSegStack, BSSSegStack, ConstSegStack, CodeSegStack, PackIncludeStack, NSNumberLiteralMethods, BumpAlloc, PragmaAttributeStack, CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules, MisalignedMembers, VTableUses, UnusedPrivateFields, ModuleScopes, CodeSynthesisContexts, ExprEvalContexts, FPFeatures, MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod, ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc, CurInitSegLoc, OptimizeOffPragmaLocation, TUKind, NumSFINAEErrors, NonInstantiationEntries, LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth, ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex, TyposCorrected, ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth, isMultiplexExternalSource, CollectStats, MSStructPragmaOn, IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr, GlobalNewDeleteDeclared, AllowAbstractFieldReference, LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces, AccessCheckingSFINAE, InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext, DisableTypoCorrection, IsInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext, Cleanup, consider reordering the fields or adding explicit padding members |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
| 1 | //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
| 4 | // |
| 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
| 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
| 7 | // |
| 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 9 | // |
| 10 | // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and |
| 11 | // builds ASTs. |
| 12 | // |
| 13 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 14 | |
| 15 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H |
| 16 | #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H |
| 17 | |
| 18 | #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" |
| 19 | #include "clang/AST/Availability.h" |
| 20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" |
| 21 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
| 22 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" |
| 23 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" |
| 24 | #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" |
| 25 | #include "clang/AST/LocInfoType.h" |
| 26 | #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" |
| 27 | #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" |
| 28 | #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" |
| 29 | #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" |
| 30 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" |
| 31 | #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h" |
| 32 | #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" |
| 33 | #include "clang/Basic/Module.h" |
| 34 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h" |
| 35 | #include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h" |
| 36 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
| 37 | #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" |
| 38 | #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" |
| 39 | #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" |
| 40 | #include "clang/Sema/CleanupInfo.h" |
| 41 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" |
| 42 | #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" |
| 43 | #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" |
| 44 | #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" |
| 45 | #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" |
| 46 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" |
| 47 | #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" |
| 48 | #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" |
| 49 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
| 50 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
| 51 | #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" |
| 52 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
| 53 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" |
| 54 | #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h" |
| 55 | #include <deque> |
| 56 | #include <memory> |
| 57 | #include <string> |
| 58 | #include <vector> |
| 59 | |
| 60 | namespace llvm { |
| 61 | class APSInt; |
| 62 | template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; |
| 63 | template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; |
| 64 | class SmallBitVector; |
| 65 | struct InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; |
| 66 | } |
| 67 | |
| 68 | namespace clang { |
| 69 | class ADLResult; |
| 70 | class ASTConsumer; |
| 71 | class ASTContext; |
| 72 | class ASTMutationListener; |
| 73 | class ASTReader; |
| 74 | class ASTWriter; |
| 75 | class ArrayType; |
| 76 | class AttributeList; |
| 77 | class BindingDecl; |
| 78 | class BlockDecl; |
| 79 | class CapturedDecl; |
| 80 | class CXXBasePath; |
| 81 | class CXXBasePaths; |
| 82 | class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; |
| 83 | typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; |
| 84 | class CXXConstructorDecl; |
| 85 | class CXXConversionDecl; |
| 86 | class CXXDeleteExpr; |
| 87 | class CXXDestructorDecl; |
| 88 | class CXXFieldCollector; |
| 89 | class CXXMemberCallExpr; |
| 90 | class CXXMethodDecl; |
| 91 | class CXXScopeSpec; |
| 92 | class CXXTemporary; |
| 93 | class CXXTryStmt; |
| 94 | class CallExpr; |
| 95 | class ClassTemplateDecl; |
| 96 | class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; |
| 97 | class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; |
| 98 | class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; |
| 99 | class CodeCompleteConsumer; |
| 100 | class CodeCompletionAllocator; |
| 101 | class CodeCompletionTUInfo; |
| 102 | class CodeCompletionResult; |
| 103 | class CoroutineBodyStmt; |
| 104 | class Decl; |
| 105 | class DeclAccessPair; |
| 106 | class DeclContext; |
| 107 | class DeclRefExpr; |
| 108 | class DeclaratorDecl; |
| 109 | class DeducedTemplateArgument; |
| 110 | class DependentDiagnostic; |
| 111 | class DesignatedInitExpr; |
| 112 | class Designation; |
| 113 | class EnableIfAttr; |
| 114 | class EnumConstantDecl; |
| 115 | class Expr; |
| 116 | class ExtVectorType; |
| 117 | class FormatAttr; |
| 118 | class FriendDecl; |
| 119 | class FunctionDecl; |
| 120 | class FunctionProtoType; |
| 121 | class FunctionTemplateDecl; |
| 122 | class ImplicitConversionSequence; |
| 123 | typedef MutableArrayRef<ImplicitConversionSequence> ConversionSequenceList; |
| 124 | class InitListExpr; |
| 125 | class InitializationKind; |
| 126 | class InitializationSequence; |
| 127 | class InitializedEntity; |
| 128 | class IntegerLiteral; |
| 129 | class LabelStmt; |
| 130 | class LambdaExpr; |
| 131 | class LangOptions; |
| 132 | class LocalInstantiationScope; |
| 133 | class LookupResult; |
| 134 | class MacroInfo; |
| 135 | typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath; |
| 136 | class ModuleLoader; |
| 137 | class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; |
| 138 | class NamedDecl; |
| 139 | class ObjCCategoryDecl; |
| 140 | class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; |
| 141 | class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; |
| 142 | class ObjCContainerDecl; |
| 143 | class ObjCImplDecl; |
| 144 | class ObjCImplementationDecl; |
| 145 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
| 146 | class ObjCIvarDecl; |
| 147 | template <class T> class ObjCList; |
| 148 | class ObjCMessageExpr; |
| 149 | class ObjCMethodDecl; |
| 150 | class ObjCPropertyDecl; |
| 151 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
| 152 | class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; |
| 153 | class OMPDeclareReductionDecl; |
| 154 | class OMPDeclareSimdDecl; |
| 155 | class OMPClause; |
| 156 | struct OverloadCandidate; |
| 157 | class OverloadCandidateSet; |
| 158 | class OverloadExpr; |
| 159 | class ParenListExpr; |
| 160 | class ParmVarDecl; |
| 161 | class Preprocessor; |
| 162 | class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; |
| 163 | class PseudoObjectExpr; |
| 164 | class QualType; |
| 165 | class StandardConversionSequence; |
| 166 | class Stmt; |
| 167 | class StringLiteral; |
| 168 | class SwitchStmt; |
| 169 | class TemplateArgument; |
| 170 | class TemplateArgumentList; |
| 171 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
| 172 | class TemplateDecl; |
| 173 | class TemplateInstantiationCallback; |
| 174 | class TemplateParameterList; |
| 175 | class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; |
| 176 | class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; |
| 177 | class Token; |
| 178 | class TypeAliasDecl; |
| 179 | class TypedefDecl; |
| 180 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
| 181 | class TypeLoc; |
| 182 | class TypoCorrectionConsumer; |
| 183 | class UnqualifiedId; |
| 184 | class UnresolvedLookupExpr; |
| 185 | class UnresolvedMemberExpr; |
| 186 | class UnresolvedSetImpl; |
| 187 | class UnresolvedSetIterator; |
| 188 | class UsingDecl; |
| 189 | class UsingShadowDecl; |
| 190 | class ValueDecl; |
| 191 | class VarDecl; |
| 192 | class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl; |
| 193 | class VisibilityAttr; |
| 194 | class VisibleDeclConsumer; |
| 195 | class IndirectFieldDecl; |
| 196 | struct DeductionFailureInfo; |
| 197 | class TemplateSpecCandidateSet; |
| 198 | |
| 199 | namespace sema { |
| 200 | class AccessedEntity; |
| 201 | class BlockScopeInfo; |
| 202 | class Capture; |
| 203 | class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; |
| 204 | class CapturingScopeInfo; |
| 205 | class CompoundScopeInfo; |
| 206 | class DelayedDiagnostic; |
| 207 | class DelayedDiagnosticPool; |
| 208 | class FunctionScopeInfo; |
| 209 | class LambdaScopeInfo; |
| 210 | class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; |
| 211 | class SemaPPCallbacks; |
| 212 | class TemplateDeductionInfo; |
| 213 | } |
| 214 | |
| 215 | namespace threadSafety { |
| 216 | class BeforeSet; |
| 217 | void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache); |
| 218 | } |
| 219 | |
| 220 | // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to |
| 221 | // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. |
| 222 | typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, |
| 223 | SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; |
| 224 | |
| 225 | /// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given |
| 226 | /// file. |
| 227 | struct FileNullability { |
| 228 | /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does |
| 229 | /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation. |
| 230 | SourceLocation PointerLoc; |
| 231 | |
| 232 | /// The end location for the first pointer declarator in the file. Used for |
| 233 | /// placing fix-its. |
| 234 | SourceLocation PointerEndLoc; |
| 235 | |
| 236 | /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw. |
| 237 | uint8_t PointerKind; |
| 238 | |
| 239 | /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file. |
| 240 | bool SawTypeNullability = false; |
| 241 | }; |
| 242 | |
| 243 | /// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability |
| 244 | /// information in that file. |
| 245 | class FileNullabilityMap { |
| 246 | /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID. |
| 247 | llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map; |
| 248 | |
| 249 | /// A single-element cache based on the file ID. |
| 250 | struct { |
| 251 | FileID File; |
| 252 | FileNullability Nullability; |
| 253 | } Cache; |
| 254 | |
| 255 | public: |
| 256 | FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) { |
| 257 | // Check the single-element cache. |
| 258 | if (file == Cache.File) |
| 259 | return Cache.Nullability; |
| 260 | |
| 261 | // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one. |
| 262 | if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) { |
| 263 | Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability; |
| 264 | } |
| 265 | |
| 266 | // Pull this entry into the cache. |
| 267 | Cache.File = file; |
| 268 | Cache.Nullability = Map[file]; |
| 269 | return Cache.Nullability; |
| 270 | } |
| 271 | }; |
| 272 | |
| 273 | /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. |
| 274 | class Sema { |
Excessive padding in 'class clang::Sema' (75 padding bytes, where 3 is optimal).
Optimal fields order:
ExternalSource,
LangOpts,
PP,
Context,
Consumer,
Diags,
SourceMgr,
CodeCompleter,
CurContext,
OriginalLexicalContext,
VAListTagName,
CurInitSeg,
VisContext,
PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl,
PreallocatedFunctionScope,
FieldCollector,
PureVirtualClassDiagSet,
LateTemplateParser,
LateTemplateParserCleanup,
OpaqueParser,
DelayedDiagnostics,
TUScope,
StdNamespace,
StdBadAlloc,
StdAlignValT,
StdExperimentalNamespaceCache,
StdInitializerList,
CXXTypeInfoDecl,
MSVCGuidDecl,
NSAPIObj,
NSNumberDecl,
NSValueDecl,
NSNumberPointer,
NSValuePointer,
NSStringDecl,
NSStringPointer,
StringWithUTF8StringMethod,
ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod,
NSArrayDecl,
ArrayWithObjectsMethod,
NSDictionaryDecl,
DictionaryWithObjectsMethod,
QIDNSCopying,
RespondsToSelectorSel,
CXXThisTypeOverride,
CurrentInstantiationScope,
ThreadSafetyDeclCache,
VarDataSharingAttributesStack,
TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues,
CurScope,
Ident_super,
Ident___float128,
Ident__Nonnull,
Ident__Nullable,
Ident__Null_unspecified,
Ident_NSError,
SemaPPCallbackHandler,
CFError,
IdResolver,
SpecialMemberCache,
TemplateInstCallbacks,
OpenCLFeatures,
ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers,
FlagBitsCache,
UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations,
UnparsedDefaultArgLocs,
MethodPool,
VisibleModules,
ShadowingDecls,
VTablesUsed,
InstantiatingSpecializations,
InstantiatedNonDependentTypes,
LookupModulesCache,
VisibleNamespaceCache,
SuppressedDiagnostics,
TypoCorrectionFailures,
CurrOpenCLExtension,
OpenCLTypeExtMap,
OpenCLDeclExtMap,
CUDADeferredDiags,
LocsWithCUDACallDiags,
CUDAKnownEmittedFns,
CUDACallGraph,
CurrentSEHFinally,
PragmaClangBSSSection,
PragmaClangDataSection,
PragmaClangRodataSection,
PragmaClangTextSection,
WeakTopLevelDecl,
NullabilityMap,
LateParsedInstantiations,
MaybeODRUseExprs,
FunctionScopes,
DeleteExprs,
DelayedExceptionSpecChecks,
DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs,
LateParsedTemplateMap,
WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers,
UndefinedButUsed,
ReferencedSelectors,
CurrentParameterCopyTypes,
DelayedTypos,
KnownNamespaces,
DelayedDllExportClasses,
ParsingInitForAutoVars,
SpecialMembersBeingDeclared,
TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions,
ExtVectorDecls,
TentativeDefinitions,
UnusedFileScopedDecls,
DelegatingCtorDecls,
PendingInstantiations,
PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations,
ExprCleanupObjects,
AnalysisWarnings,
VtorDispStack,
PackStack,
UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates,
DataSegStack,
BSSSegStack,
ConstSegStack,
CodeSegStack,
PackIncludeStack,
NSNumberLiteralMethods,
BumpAlloc,
PragmaAttributeStack,
CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules,
MisalignedMembers,
VTableUses,
UnusedPrivateFields,
ModuleScopes,
CodeSynthesisContexts,
ExprEvalContexts,
FPFeatures,
MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod,
ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc,
CurInitSegLoc,
OptimizeOffPragmaLocation,
TUKind,
NumSFINAEErrors,
NonInstantiationEntries,
LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth,
ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex,
TyposCorrected,
ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth,
isMultiplexExternalSource,
CollectStats,
MSStructPragmaOn,
IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr,
GlobalNewDeleteDeclared,
AllowAbstractFieldReference,
LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces,
AccessCheckingSFINAE,
InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext,
DisableTypoCorrection,
IsInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext,
Cleanup,
consider reordering the fields or adding explicit padding members | |
| 275 | Sema(const Sema &) = delete; |
| 276 | void operator=(const Sema &) = delete; |
| 277 | |
| 278 | ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. |
| 279 | ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; |
| 280 | |
| 281 | ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. |
| 282 | bool isMultiplexExternalSource; |
| 283 | |
| 284 | static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); |
| 285 | |
| 286 | bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D); |
| 287 | |
| 288 | /// Determine whether two declarations should be linked together, given that |
| 289 | /// the old declaration might not be visible and the new declaration might |
| 290 | /// not have external linkage. |
| 291 | bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, |
| 292 | const NamedDecl *New) { |
| 293 | if (isVisible(Old)) |
| 294 | return true; |
| 295 | // See comment in below overload for why it's safe to compute the linkage |
| 296 | // of the new declaration here. |
| 297 | if (New->isExternallyDeclarable()) { |
| 298 | assert(Old->isExternallyDeclarable() &&(static_cast <bool> (Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && \"should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 299, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 299 | "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl")(static_cast <bool> (Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && \"should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 299, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 300 | return true; |
| 301 | } |
| 302 | return false; |
| 303 | } |
| 304 | bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New); |
| 305 | |
| 306 | public: |
| 307 | typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; |
| 308 | typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; |
| 309 | typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; |
| 310 | |
| 311 | OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; |
| 312 | FPOptions FPFeatures; |
| 313 | |
| 314 | const LangOptions &LangOpts; |
| 315 | Preprocessor &PP; |
| 316 | ASTContext &Context; |
| 317 | ASTConsumer &Consumer; |
| 318 | DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; |
| 319 | SourceManager &SourceMgr; |
| 320 | |
| 321 | /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. |
| 322 | bool CollectStats; |
| 323 | |
| 324 | /// \brief Code-completion consumer. |
| 325 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; |
| 326 | |
| 327 | /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. |
| 328 | DeclContext *CurContext; |
| 329 | |
| 330 | /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, |
| 331 | /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. |
| 332 | DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; |
| 333 | |
| 334 | /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. |
| 335 | /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. |
| 336 | DeclarationName VAListTagName; |
| 337 | |
| 338 | bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on |
| 339 | |
| 340 | /// \brief Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI. |
| 341 | LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind |
| 342 | MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod; |
| 343 | |
| 344 | /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes. Can be empty. |
| 345 | SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally; |
| 346 | |
| 347 | /// \brief Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs |
| 348 | SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc; |
| 349 | |
| 350 | /// \brief pragma clang section kind |
| 351 | enum PragmaClangSectionKind { |
| 352 | PCSK_Invalid = 0, |
| 353 | PCSK_BSS = 1, |
| 354 | PCSK_Data = 2, |
| 355 | PCSK_Rodata = 3, |
| 356 | PCSK_Text = 4 |
| 357 | }; |
| 358 | |
| 359 | enum PragmaClangSectionAction { |
| 360 | PCSA_Set = 0, |
| 361 | PCSA_Clear = 1 |
| 362 | }; |
| 363 | |
| 364 | struct PragmaClangSection { |
| 365 | std::string SectionName; |
| 366 | bool Valid = false; |
| 367 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation; |
| 368 | |
| 369 | void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
| 370 | PragmaClangSectionAction Action, |
| 371 | StringLiteral* Name); |
| 372 | }; |
| 373 | |
| 374 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangBSSSection; |
| 375 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangDataSection; |
| 376 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRodataSection; |
| 377 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangTextSection; |
| 378 | |
| 379 | enum PragmaMsStackAction { |
| 380 | PSK_Reset = 0x0, // #pragma () |
| 381 | PSK_Set = 0x1, // #pragma (value) |
| 382 | PSK_Push = 0x2, // #pragma (push[, id]) |
| 383 | PSK_Pop = 0x4, // #pragma (pop[, id]) |
| 384 | PSK_Show = 0x8, // #pragma (show) -- only for "pack"! |
| 385 | PSK_Push_Set = PSK_Push | PSK_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], value) |
| 386 | PSK_Pop_Set = PSK_Pop | PSK_Set, // #pragma (pop[, id], value) |
| 387 | }; |
| 388 | |
| 389 | template<typename ValueType> |
| 390 | struct PragmaStack { |
| 391 | struct Slot { |
| 392 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel; |
| 393 | ValueType Value; |
| 394 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation; |
| 395 | SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation; |
| 396 | Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value, |
| 397 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation, SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation) |
| 398 | : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value), |
| 399 | PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation), |
| 400 | PragmaPushLocation(PragmaPushLocation) {} |
| 401 | }; |
| 402 | void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
| 403 | PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
| 404 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, |
| 405 | ValueType Value); |
| 406 | |
| 407 | // MSVC seems to add artificial slots to #pragma stacks on entering a C++ |
| 408 | // method body to restore the stacks on exit, so it works like this: |
| 409 | // |
| 410 | // struct S { |
| 411 | // #pragma <name>(push, InternalPragmaSlot, <current_pragma_value>) |
| 412 | // void Method {} |
| 413 | // #pragma <name>(pop, InternalPragmaSlot) |
| 414 | // }; |
| 415 | // |
| 416 | // It works even with #pragma vtordisp, although MSVC doesn't support |
| 417 | // #pragma vtordisp(push [, id], n) |
| 418 | // syntax. |
| 419 | // |
| 420 | // Push / pop a named sentinel slot. |
| 421 | void SentinelAction(PragmaMsStackAction Action, StringRef Label) { |
| 422 | assert((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) &&(static_cast <bool> ((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop ) && "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) && \"Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 423, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 423 | "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!")(static_cast <bool> ((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop ) && "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) && \"Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 423, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 424 | Act(CurrentPragmaLocation, Action, Label, CurrentValue); |
| 425 | } |
| 426 | |
| 427 | // Constructors. |
| 428 | explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Default) |
| 429 | : DefaultValue(Default), CurrentValue(Default) {} |
| 430 | |
| 431 | bool hasValue() const { return CurrentValue != DefaultValue; } |
| 432 | |
| 433 | SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack; |
| 434 | ValueType DefaultValue; // Value used for PSK_Reset action. |
| 435 | ValueType CurrentValue; |
| 436 | SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation; |
| 437 | }; |
| 438 | // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but |
| 439 | // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module). |
| 440 | |
| 441 | /// \brief Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft |
| 442 | /// C++ ABI. Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean: |
| 443 | /// |
| 444 | /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps |
| 445 | /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial |
| 446 | /// structors |
| 447 | /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed |
| 448 | /// objects |
| 449 | PragmaStack<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode> VtorDispStack; |
| 450 | // #pragma pack. |
| 451 | // Sentinel to represent when the stack is set to mac68k alignment. |
| 452 | static const unsigned kMac68kAlignmentSentinel = ~0U; |
| 453 | PragmaStack<unsigned> PackStack; |
| 454 | // The current #pragma pack values and locations at each #include. |
| 455 | struct PackIncludeState { |
| 456 | unsigned CurrentValue; |
| 457 | SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation; |
| 458 | bool HasNonDefaultValue, ShouldWarnOnInclude; |
| 459 | }; |
| 460 | SmallVector<PackIncludeState, 8> PackIncludeStack; |
| 461 | // Segment #pragmas. |
| 462 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack; |
| 463 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack; |
| 464 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack; |
| 465 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack; |
| 466 | |
| 467 | // RAII object to push / pop sentinel slots for all MS #pragma stacks. |
| 468 | // Actions should be performed only if we enter / exit a C++ method body. |
| 469 | class PragmaStackSentinelRAII { |
| 470 | public: |
| 471 | PragmaStackSentinelRAII(Sema &S, StringRef SlotLabel, bool ShouldAct); |
| 472 | ~PragmaStackSentinelRAII(); |
| 473 | |
| 474 | private: |
| 475 | Sema &S; |
| 476 | StringRef SlotLabel; |
| 477 | bool ShouldAct; |
| 478 | }; |
| 479 | |
| 480 | /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file. |
| 481 | FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap; |
| 482 | |
| 483 | /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg. |
| 484 | StringLiteral *CurInitSeg; |
| 485 | SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc; |
| 486 | |
| 487 | /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. |
| 488 | void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" |
| 489 | |
| 490 | /// \brief This represents the stack of attributes that were pushed by |
| 491 | /// \#pragma clang attribute. |
| 492 | struct PragmaAttributeEntry { |
| 493 | SourceLocation Loc; |
| 494 | AttributeList *Attribute; |
| 495 | SmallVector<attr::SubjectMatchRule, 4> MatchRules; |
| 496 | bool IsUsed; |
| 497 | }; |
| 498 | SmallVector<PragmaAttributeEntry, 2> PragmaAttributeStack; |
| 499 | |
| 500 | /// \brief The declaration that is currently receiving an attribute from the |
| 501 | /// #pragma attribute stack. |
| 502 | const Decl *PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl; |
| 503 | |
| 504 | /// \brief This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off" |
| 505 | /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If |
| 506 | /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location. |
| 507 | SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation; |
| 508 | |
| 509 | /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. |
| 510 | /// |
| 511 | /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions |
| 512 | /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. |
| 513 | bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; |
| 514 | |
| 515 | /// Used to control the generation of ExprWithCleanups. |
| 516 | CleanupInfo Cleanup; |
| 517 | |
| 518 | /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring |
| 519 | /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The |
| 520 | /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. |
| 521 | SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; |
| 522 | |
| 523 | /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs |
| 524 | /// that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not |
| 525 | /// be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue |
| 526 | /// and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions |
| 527 | /// of the enclosing full expression. This is cleared at the end of each |
| 528 | /// full expression. |
| 529 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; |
| 530 | |
| 531 | std::unique_ptr<sema::FunctionScopeInfo> PreallocatedFunctionScope; |
| 532 | |
| 533 | /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested |
| 534 | /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. |
| 535 | SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; |
| 536 | |
| 537 | typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
| 538 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> |
| 539 | ExtVectorDeclsType; |
| 540 | |
| 541 | /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows |
| 542 | /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. |
| 543 | /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. |
| 544 | ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; |
| 545 | |
| 546 | /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. |
| 547 | std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; |
| 548 | |
| 549 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<NamedDecl *, 16> NamedDeclSetType; |
| 550 | |
| 551 | /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. |
| 552 | NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; |
| 553 | |
| 554 | /// \brief Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused. |
| 555 | llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4> |
| 556 | UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates; |
| 557 | |
| 558 | /// \brief Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit |
| 559 | /// |
| 560 | /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions |
| 561 | /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression |
| 562 | /// used in initializer of the field. |
| 563 | typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc; |
| 564 | typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs; |
| 565 | llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs; |
| 566 | |
| 567 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; |
| 568 | |
| 569 | /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have |
| 570 | /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the |
| 571 | /// same list more than once. |
| 572 | std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; |
| 573 | |
| 574 | /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which |
| 575 | /// we are currently parsing the initializer. |
| 576 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; |
| 577 | |
| 578 | /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. |
| 579 | NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); |
| 580 | |
| 581 | typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
| 582 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> |
| 583 | TentativeDefinitionsType; |
| 584 | |
| 585 | /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. |
| 586 | TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; |
| 587 | |
| 588 | typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
| 589 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> |
| 590 | UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; |
| 591 | |
| 592 | /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used |
| 593 | /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. |
| 594 | UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; |
| 595 | |
| 596 | typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
| 597 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> |
| 598 | DelegatingCtorDeclsType; |
| 599 | |
| 600 | /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for |
| 601 | /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. |
| 602 | DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; |
| 603 | |
| 604 | /// \brief All the overriding functions seen during a class definition |
| 605 | /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden |
| 606 | /// function. |
| 607 | SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2> |
| 608 | DelayedExceptionSpecChecks; |
| 609 | |
| 610 | /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both |
| 611 | /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception |
| 612 | /// specifications, along with the function type containing their |
| 613 | /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications |
| 614 | /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to |
| 615 | /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and |
| 616 | /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. |
| 617 | SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> |
| 618 | DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; |
| 619 | |
| 620 | typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *, |
| 621 | std::unique_ptr<LateParsedTemplate>> |
| 622 | LateParsedTemplateMapT; |
| 623 | LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap; |
| 624 | |
| 625 | /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. |
| 626 | typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT); |
| 627 | typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P); |
| 628 | LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; |
| 629 | LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup; |
| 630 | void *OpaqueParser; |
| 631 | |
| 632 | void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, |
| 633 | LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup, |
| 634 | void *P) { |
| 635 | LateTemplateParser = LTP; |
| 636 | LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup; |
| 637 | OpaqueParser = P; |
| 638 | } |
| 639 | |
| 640 | class DelayedDiagnostics; |
| 641 | |
| 642 | class DelayedDiagnosticsState { |
| 643 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; |
| 644 | friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; |
| 645 | }; |
| 646 | typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; |
| 647 | typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; |
| 648 | |
| 649 | /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics |
| 650 | /// during parsing and other processing. |
| 651 | class DelayedDiagnostics { |
| 652 | /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed |
| 653 | /// diagnostics should go. |
| 654 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; |
| 655 | |
| 656 | public: |
| 657 | DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {} |
| 658 | |
| 659 | /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. |
| 660 | void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h |
| 661 | |
| 662 | /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. |
| 663 | bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; } |
| 664 | |
| 665 | /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. |
| 666 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { |
| 667 | return CurPool; |
| 668 | } |
| 669 | |
| 670 | /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be |
| 671 | /// collected in this pool. |
| 672 | DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { |
| 673 | DelayedDiagnosticsState state; |
| 674 | state.SavedPool = CurPool; |
| 675 | CurPool = &pool; |
| 676 | return state; |
| 677 | } |
| 678 | |
| 679 | /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. |
| 680 | /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part |
| 681 | /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". |
| 682 | void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { |
| 683 | CurPool = state.SavedPool; |
| 684 | } |
| 685 | |
| 686 | /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are |
| 687 | /// not delayed. |
| 688 | DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { |
| 689 | DelayedDiagnosticsState state; |
| 690 | state.SavedPool = CurPool; |
| 691 | CurPool = nullptr; |
| 692 | return state; |
| 693 | } |
| 694 | |
| 695 | /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). |
| 696 | void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { |
| 697 | assert(CurPool == nullptr)(static_cast <bool> (CurPool == nullptr) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CurPool == nullptr", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 697, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 698 | CurPool = state.SavedPool; |
| 699 | } |
| 700 | } DelayedDiagnostics; |
| 701 | |
| 702 | /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. |
| 703 | class ContextRAII { |
| 704 | private: |
| 705 | Sema &S; |
| 706 | DeclContext *SavedContext; |
| 707 | ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; |
| 708 | QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; |
| 709 | |
| 710 | public: |
| 711 | ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true) |
| 712 | : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), |
| 713 | SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), |
| 714 | SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) |
| 715 | { |
| 716 | assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context")(static_cast <bool> (ContextToPush && "pushing null context" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ContextToPush && \"pushing null context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 716, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 717 | S.CurContext = ContextToPush; |
| 718 | if (NewThisContext) |
| 719 | S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType(); |
| 720 | } |
| 721 | |
| 722 | void pop() { |
| 723 | if (!SavedContext) return; |
| 724 | S.CurContext = SavedContext; |
| 725 | S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); |
| 726 | S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; |
| 727 | SavedContext = nullptr; |
| 728 | } |
| 729 | |
| 730 | ~ContextRAII() { |
| 731 | pop(); |
| 732 | } |
| 733 | }; |
| 734 | |
| 735 | /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize |
| 736 | /// a function body. |
| 737 | class SynthesizedFunctionScope { |
| 738 | Sema &S; |
| 739 | Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; |
| 740 | bool PushedCodeSynthesisContext = false; |
| 741 | |
| 742 | public: |
| 743 | SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) |
| 744 | : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) { |
| 745 | S.PushFunctionScope(); |
| 746 | S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
| 747 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); |
| 748 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)) |
| 749 | FD->setWillHaveBody(true); |
| 750 | else |
| 751 | assert(isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC))(static_cast <bool> (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 751, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 752 | } |
| 753 | |
| 754 | void addContextNote(SourceLocation UseLoc) { |
| 755 | assert(!PushedCodeSynthesisContext)(static_cast <bool> (!PushedCodeSynthesisContext) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!PushedCodeSynthesisContext", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 755, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 756 | |
| 757 | Sema::CodeSynthesisContext Ctx; |
| 758 | Ctx.Kind = Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::DefiningSynthesizedFunction; |
| 759 | Ctx.PointOfInstantiation = UseLoc; |
| 760 | Ctx.Entity = cast<Decl>(S.CurContext); |
| 761 | S.pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx); |
| 762 | |
| 763 | PushedCodeSynthesisContext = true; |
| 764 | } |
| 765 | |
| 766 | ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { |
| 767 | if (PushedCodeSynthesisContext) |
| 768 | S.popCodeSynthesisContext(); |
| 769 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) |
| 770 | FD->setWillHaveBody(false); |
| 771 | S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
| 772 | S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); |
| 773 | } |
| 774 | }; |
| 775 | |
| 776 | /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in |
| 777 | /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another |
| 778 | /// identifier, declared or undeclared |
| 779 | llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; |
| 780 | |
| 781 | /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in |
| 782 | /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers |
| 783 | /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version |
| 784 | /// in the currently selected standard. |
| 785 | llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; |
| 786 | |
| 787 | |
| 788 | /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. |
| 789 | void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); |
| 790 | |
| 791 | /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by |
| 792 | /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. |
| 793 | /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so |
| 794 | /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. |
| 795 | /// It would be best to refactor this. |
| 796 | SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; |
| 797 | |
| 798 | IdentifierResolver IdResolver; |
| 799 | |
| 800 | /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need |
| 801 | /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. |
| 802 | /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. |
| 803 | Scope *TUScope; |
| 804 | |
| 805 | /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. |
| 806 | LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; |
| 807 | |
| 808 | /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ |
| 809 | /// standard library. |
| 810 | LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; |
| 811 | |
| 812 | /// \brief The C++ "std::align_val_t" enum class, which is defined by the C++ |
| 813 | /// standard library. |
| 814 | LazyDeclPtr StdAlignValT; |
| 815 | |
| 816 | /// \brief The C++ "std::experimental" namespace, where the experimental parts |
| 817 | /// of the standard library resides. |
| 818 | NamespaceDecl *StdExperimentalNamespaceCache; |
| 819 | |
| 820 | /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in |
| 821 | /// \<initializer_list>. |
| 822 | ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; |
| 823 | |
| 824 | /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. |
| 825 | RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; |
| 826 | |
| 827 | /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. |
| 828 | RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; |
| 829 | |
| 830 | /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. |
| 831 | std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; |
| 832 | |
| 833 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. |
| 834 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; |
| 835 | |
| 836 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class. |
| 837 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl; |
| 838 | |
| 839 | /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). |
| 840 | QualType NSNumberPointer; |
| 841 | |
| 842 | /// \brief Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *). |
| 843 | QualType NSValuePointer; |
| 844 | |
| 845 | /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. |
| 846 | ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; |
| 847 | |
| 848 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. |
| 849 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; |
| 850 | |
| 851 | /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). |
| 852 | QualType NSStringPointer; |
| 853 | |
| 854 | /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. |
| 855 | ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; |
| 856 | |
| 857 | /// \brief The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method. |
| 858 | ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod; |
| 859 | |
| 860 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. |
| 861 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; |
| 862 | |
| 863 | /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. |
| 864 | ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; |
| 865 | |
| 866 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. |
| 867 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; |
| 868 | |
| 869 | /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. |
| 870 | ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; |
| 871 | |
| 872 | /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. |
| 873 | QualType QIDNSCopying; |
| 874 | |
| 875 | /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' |
| 876 | Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; |
| 877 | |
| 878 | /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete |
| 879 | /// have been declared. |
| 880 | bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; |
| 881 | |
| 882 | /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract |
| 883 | /// references to fields. This is really a |
| 884 | bool AllowAbstractFieldReference; |
| 885 | |
| 886 | /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are |
| 887 | /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. |
| 888 | enum class ExpressionEvaluationContext { |
| 889 | /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an |
| 890 | /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of |
| 891 | /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but |
| 892 | /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at |
| 893 | /// run time. |
| 894 | Unevaluated, |
| 895 | |
| 896 | /// \brief The current expression occurs within a braced-init-list within |
| 897 | /// an unevaluated operand. This is mostly like a regular unevaluated |
| 898 | /// context, except that we still instantiate constexpr functions that are |
| 899 | /// referenced here so that we can perform narrowing checks correctly. |
| 900 | UnevaluatedList, |
| 901 | |
| 902 | /// \brief The current expression occurs within a discarded statement. |
| 903 | /// This behaves largely similarly to an unevaluated operand in preventing |
| 904 | /// definitions from being required, but not in other ways. |
| 905 | DiscardedStatement, |
| 906 | |
| 907 | /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated |
| 908 | /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to |
| 909 | /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. |
| 910 | UnevaluatedAbstract, |
| 911 | |
| 912 | /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, |
| 913 | /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of |
| 914 | /// cases in a switch statement). |
| 915 | ConstantEvaluated, |
| 916 | |
| 917 | /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, |
| 918 | /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the |
| 919 | /// expression at run time. |
| 920 | PotentiallyEvaluated, |
| 921 | |
| 922 | /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any |
| 923 | /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if |
| 924 | /// in fact the current expression is used. |
| 925 | /// |
| 926 | /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which |
| 927 | /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments |
| 928 | /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" |
| 929 | /// until the default argument is used. |
| 930 | PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed |
| 931 | }; |
| 932 | |
| 933 | /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested |
| 934 | /// expression evaluation contexts. |
| 935 | struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { |
| 936 | /// \brief The expression evaluation context. |
| 937 | ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; |
| 938 | |
| 939 | /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. |
| 940 | CleanupInfo ParentCleanup; |
| 941 | |
| 942 | /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. |
| 943 | bool IsDecltype; |
| 944 | |
| 945 | /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered |
| 946 | /// this expression evaluation context. |
| 947 | unsigned NumCleanupObjects; |
| 948 | |
| 949 | /// \brief The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation |
| 950 | /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created). |
| 951 | unsigned NumTypos; |
| 952 | |
| 953 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; |
| 954 | |
| 955 | /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it |
| 956 | /// is indeed an unevaluated context. |
| 957 | SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; |
| 958 | |
| 959 | /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions |
| 960 | /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not |
| 961 | /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument. |
| 962 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl; |
| 963 | |
| 964 | /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions |
| 965 | /// and block literals within this context. |
| 966 | /// |
| 967 | /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts |
| 968 | /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals. |
| 969 | std::unique_ptr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering; |
| 970 | |
| 971 | /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions |
| 972 | /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. |
| 973 | SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; |
| 974 | |
| 975 | /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding |
| 976 | /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. |
| 977 | SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; |
| 978 | |
| 979 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, |
| 980 | unsigned NumCleanupObjects, |
| 981 | CleanupInfo ParentCleanup, |
| 982 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl, |
| 983 | bool IsDecltype) |
| 984 | : Context(Context), ParentCleanup(ParentCleanup), |
| 985 | IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), |
| 986 | NumTypos(0), |
| 987 | ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { } |
| 988 | |
| 989 | /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently |
| 990 | /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling. |
| 991 | MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx); |
| 992 | |
| 993 | bool isUnevaluated() const { |
| 994 | return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated || |
| 995 | Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract || |
| 996 | Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList; |
| 997 | } |
| 998 | bool isConstantEvaluated() const { |
| 999 | return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated; |
| 1000 | } |
| 1001 | }; |
| 1002 | |
| 1003 | /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. |
| 1004 | SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; |
| 1005 | |
| 1006 | /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or |
| 1007 | /// block literal. |
| 1008 | /// |
| 1009 | /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or |
| 1010 | /// block literal. |
| 1011 | /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl |
| 1012 | /// associated with the context, if relevant. |
| 1013 | MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext( |
| 1014 | const DeclContext *DC, |
| 1015 | Decl *&ManglingContextDecl); |
| 1016 | |
| 1017 | |
| 1018 | /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member |
| 1019 | /// function. |
| 1020 | /// |
| 1021 | /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the |
| 1022 | /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. |
| 1023 | class SpecialMemberOverloadResult { |
| 1024 | public: |
| 1025 | enum Kind { |
| 1026 | NoMemberOrDeleted, |
| 1027 | Ambiguous, |
| 1028 | Success |
| 1029 | }; |
| 1030 | |
| 1031 | private: |
| 1032 | llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; |
| 1033 | |
| 1034 | public: |
| 1035 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult() : Pair() {} |
| 1036 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult(CXXMethodDecl *MD) |
| 1037 | : Pair(MD, MD->isDeleted() ? NoMemberOrDeleted : Success) {} |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 | CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } |
| 1040 | void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } |
| 1041 | |
| 1042 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } |
| 1043 | void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } |
| 1044 | }; |
| 1045 | |
| 1046 | class SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry |
| 1047 | : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode, |
| 1048 | public SpecialMemberOverloadResult { |
| 1049 | public: |
| 1050 | SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) |
| 1051 | : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) |
| 1052 | {} |
| 1053 | }; |
| 1054 | |
| 1055 | /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results |
| 1056 | /// for C++ records. |
| 1057 | llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry> SpecialMemberCache; |
| 1058 | |
| 1059 | /// \brief A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits |
| 1060 | /// attribute. |
| 1061 | mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache; |
| 1062 | |
| 1063 | /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. |
| 1064 | /// |
| 1065 | /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform |
| 1066 | /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating |
| 1067 | /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has |
| 1068 | /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of |
| 1069 | /// checks. |
| 1070 | TranslationUnitKind TUKind; |
| 1071 | |
| 1072 | llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; |
| 1073 | |
| 1074 | /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. |
| 1075 | unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; |
| 1076 | |
| 1077 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>> |
| 1078 | UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; |
| 1079 | |
| 1080 | /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the |
| 1081 | /// set of instantiations of each parameter. |
| 1082 | /// |
| 1083 | /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing |
| 1084 | /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, |
| 1085 | /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the |
| 1086 | /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. |
| 1087 | UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; |
| 1088 | |
| 1089 | // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default |
| 1090 | // argument locations. |
| 1091 | llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; |
| 1092 | |
| 1093 | /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a |
| 1094 | /// definition in this translation unit. |
| 1095 | llvm::MapVector<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; |
| 1096 | |
| 1097 | /// Determine if VD, which must be a variable or function, is an external |
| 1098 | /// symbol that nonetheless can't be referenced from outside this translation |
| 1099 | /// unit because its type has no linkage and it's not extern "C". |
| 1100 | bool isExternalWithNoLinkageType(ValueDecl *VD); |
| 1101 | |
| 1102 | /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. |
| 1103 | void getUndefinedButUsed( |
| 1104 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); |
| 1105 | |
| 1106 | /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at |
| 1107 | /// the end of translation unit. |
| 1108 | const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> & |
| 1109 | getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const; |
| 1110 | |
| 1111 | typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; |
| 1112 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 | /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". |
| 1115 | /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures |
| 1116 | /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% |
| 1117 | /// of selectors are "overloaded"). |
| 1118 | /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 |
| 1119 | /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. |
| 1120 | GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; |
| 1121 | |
| 1122 | /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation |
| 1123 | /// of -Wselector. |
| 1124 | llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; |
| 1125 | |
| 1126 | /// Kinds of C++ special members. |
| 1127 | enum CXXSpecialMember { |
| 1128 | CXXDefaultConstructor, |
| 1129 | CXXCopyConstructor, |
| 1130 | CXXMoveConstructor, |
| 1131 | CXXCopyAssignment, |
| 1132 | CXXMoveAssignment, |
| 1133 | CXXDestructor, |
| 1134 | CXXInvalid |
| 1135 | }; |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 | typedef llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXRecordDecl *, 3, CXXSpecialMember> |
| 1138 | SpecialMemberDecl; |
| 1139 | |
| 1140 | /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of |
| 1141 | /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the |
| 1142 | /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. |
| 1143 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; |
| 1144 | |
| 1145 | /// The function definitions which were renamed as part of typo-correction |
| 1146 | /// to match their respective declarations. We want to keep track of them |
| 1147 | /// to ensure that we don't emit a "redefinition" error if we encounter a |
| 1148 | /// correctly named definition after the renamed definition. |
| 1149 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamedDecl *, 4> TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions; |
| 1150 | |
| 1151 | /// Stack of types that correspond to the parameter entities that are |
| 1152 | /// currently being copy-initialized. Can be empty. |
| 1153 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> CurrentParameterCopyTypes; |
| 1154 | |
| 1155 | void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); |
| 1156 | void updateOutOfDateSelector(Selector Sel); |
| 1157 | |
| 1158 | /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. |
| 1159 | bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); |
| 1160 | bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method); |
| 1161 | |
| 1162 | /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be |
| 1163 | /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and |
| 1164 | /// should not be used elsewhere. |
| 1165 | void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); |
| 1166 | |
| 1167 | /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound |
| 1168 | /// statements. |
| 1169 | class FPContractStateRAII { |
| 1170 | public: |
| 1171 | FPContractStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), OldFPFeaturesState(S.FPFeatures) {} |
| 1172 | ~FPContractStateRAII() { S.FPFeatures = OldFPFeaturesState; } |
| 1173 | |
| 1174 | private: |
| 1175 | Sema& S; |
| 1176 | FPOptions OldFPFeaturesState; |
| 1177 | }; |
| 1178 | |
| 1179 | void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T); |
| 1180 | |
| 1181 | public: |
| 1182 | Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, |
| 1183 | TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, |
| 1184 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr); |
| 1185 | ~Sema(); |
| 1186 | |
| 1187 | /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been |
| 1188 | /// initialized but before it parses anything. |
| 1189 | void Initialize(); |
| 1190 | |
| 1191 | const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } |
| 1192 | OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } |
| 1193 | FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } |
| 1194 | |
| 1195 | DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } |
| 1196 | SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } |
| 1197 | Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } |
| 1198 | ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } |
| 1199 | ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } |
| 1200 | ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; |
| 1201 | ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 | ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, |
| 1204 | /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. |
| 1205 | /// |
| 1206 | ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. |
| 1207 | /// |
| 1208 | void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); |
| 1209 | |
| 1210 | void PrintStats() const; |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 | /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional |
| 1213 | /// template instantiation stacks. |
| 1214 | /// |
| 1215 | /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder |
| 1216 | /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is |
| 1217 | /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder |
| 1218 | /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template |
| 1219 | /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as |
| 1220 | /// well. |
| 1221 | class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { |
| 1222 | Sema &SemaRef; |
| 1223 | unsigned DiagID; |
| 1224 | |
| 1225 | public: |
| 1226 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) |
| 1227 | : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } |
| 1228 | |
| 1229 | // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move |
| 1230 | // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not |
| 1231 | // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So |
| 1232 | // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the |
| 1233 | // source anyway, so the user-defined ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder is a safe no-op |
| 1234 | // in that case anwyay. |
| 1235 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder&) = default; |
| 1236 | |
| 1237 | ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { |
| 1238 | // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. |
| 1239 | if (!isActive()) return; |
| 1240 | |
| 1241 | // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying |
| 1242 | // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it |
| 1243 | // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. |
| 1244 | // |
| 1245 | // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will |
| 1246 | // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be |
| 1247 | // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder |
| 1248 | // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to |
| 1249 | // eliminate that code. |
| 1250 | FlushCounts(); |
| 1251 | Clear(); |
| 1252 | |
| 1253 | // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. |
| 1254 | SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); |
| 1255 | } |
| 1256 | |
| 1257 | /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type. |
| 1258 | template<typename T> |
| 1259 | friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<( |
| 1260 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { |
| 1261 | const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag; |
| 1262 | BaseDiag << Value; |
| 1263 | return Diag; |
| 1264 | } |
| 1265 | }; |
| 1266 | |
| 1267 | /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. |
| 1268 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { |
| 1269 | DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); |
| 1270 | return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); |
| 1271 | } |
| 1272 | |
| 1273 | /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. |
| 1274 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); |
| 1275 | |
| 1276 | /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. |
| 1277 | PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h |
| 1278 | |
| 1279 | bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); |
| 1280 | |
| 1281 | /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. |
| 1282 | std::string |
| 1283 | getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; |
| 1284 | std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; |
| 1285 | |
| 1286 | /// \brief Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken() |
| 1287 | SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0); |
| 1288 | |
| 1289 | /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor. |
| 1290 | ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const; |
| 1291 | |
| 1292 | void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings(); |
| 1293 | |
| 1294 | void ActOnStartOfTranslationUnit(); |
| 1295 | void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); |
| 1296 | |
| 1297 | void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); |
| 1298 | |
| 1299 | Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); |
| 1300 | |
| 1301 | void PushFunctionScope(); |
| 1302 | void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); |
| 1303 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope(); |
| 1304 | |
| 1305 | /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth |
| 1306 | /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth |
| 1307 | /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters. |
| 1308 | void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth); |
| 1309 | |
| 1310 | void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, |
| 1311 | RecordDecl *RD, |
| 1312 | CapturedRegionKind K); |
| 1313 | void |
| 1314 | PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr, |
| 1315 | const Decl *D = nullptr, |
| 1316 | const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr); |
| 1317 | |
| 1318 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { |
| 1319 | return FunctionScopes.empty() ? nullptr : FunctionScopes.back(); |
| 1320 | } |
| 1321 | |
| 1322 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const; |
| 1323 | |
| 1324 | void setFunctionHasBranchIntoScope(); |
| 1325 | void setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
| 1326 | void setFunctionHasIndirectGoto(); |
| 1327 | |
| 1328 | void PushCompoundScope(bool IsStmtExpr); |
| 1329 | void PopCompoundScope(); |
| 1330 | |
| 1331 | sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; |
| 1332 | |
| 1333 | bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; |
| 1334 | |
| 1335 | /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. |
| 1336 | sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); |
| 1337 | |
| 1338 | /// Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any. |
| 1339 | /// \param IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope true if should find the top-most |
| 1340 | /// lambda scope info ignoring all inner capturing scopes that are not |
| 1341 | /// lambda scopes. |
| 1342 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo * |
| 1343 | getCurLambda(bool IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope = false); |
| 1344 | |
| 1345 | /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any. |
| 1346 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda(); |
| 1347 | |
| 1348 | /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any. |
| 1349 | sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); |
| 1350 | |
| 1351 | /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls |
| 1352 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } |
| 1353 | |
| 1354 | void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); |
| 1355 | |
| 1356 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 1357 | // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. |
| 1358 | // |
| 1359 | |
| 1360 | QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, |
| 1361 | const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr); |
| 1362 | QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, |
| 1363 | const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr); |
| 1364 | QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, |
| 1365 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
| 1366 | QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, |
| 1367 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
| 1368 | QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, |
| 1369 | Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, |
| 1370 | SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); |
| 1371 | QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, |
| 1372 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
| 1373 | QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, Expr *AddrSpace, |
| 1374 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
| 1375 | |
| 1376 | bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 1377 | |
| 1378 | /// \brief Build a function type. |
| 1379 | /// |
| 1380 | /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and |
| 1381 | /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have |
| 1382 | /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates |
| 1383 | /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much |
| 1384 | /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. |
| 1385 | /// |
| 1386 | /// \param T The return type of the function. |
| 1387 | /// |
| 1388 | /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array |
| 1389 | /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the |
| 1390 | /// function parameters. |
| 1391 | /// |
| 1392 | /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this |
| 1393 | /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the |
| 1394 | /// type that will have function type. |
| 1395 | /// |
| 1396 | /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function |
| 1397 | /// type, if known. |
| 1398 | /// |
| 1399 | /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will |
| 1400 | /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. |
| 1401 | /// |
| 1402 | /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The |
| 1403 | /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. |
| 1404 | /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. |
| 1405 | QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, |
| 1406 | MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, |
| 1407 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, |
| 1408 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); |
| 1409 | |
| 1410 | QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, |
| 1411 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 1412 | DeclarationName Entity); |
| 1413 | QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, |
| 1414 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
| 1415 | QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); |
| 1416 | QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 1417 | QualType BuildReadPipeType(QualType T, |
| 1418 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 1419 | QualType BuildWritePipeType(QualType T, |
| 1420 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); |
| 1423 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); |
| 1424 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, |
| 1425 | TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); |
| 1426 | |
| 1427 | /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. |
| 1428 | ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
| 1429 | DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); |
| 1430 | DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); |
| 1431 | static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, |
| 1432 | TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr); |
| 1433 | CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); |
| 1434 | const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 1435 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT); |
| 1436 | void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 1437 | const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI); |
| 1438 | bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range); |
| 1439 | bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); |
| 1440 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); |
| 1441 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( |
| 1442 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, |
| 1443 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); |
| 1444 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( |
| 1445 | const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, |
| 1446 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, |
| 1447 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); |
| 1448 | bool handlerCanCatch(QualType HandlerType, QualType ExceptionType); |
| 1449 | bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, |
| 1450 | const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID, |
| 1451 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, |
| 1452 | const FunctionProtoType *Superset, |
| 1453 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
| 1454 | const FunctionProtoType *Subset, |
| 1455 | SourceLocation SubLoc); |
| 1456 | bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID, |
| 1457 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, |
| 1458 | const FunctionProtoType *Target, |
| 1459 | SourceLocation TargetLoc, |
| 1460 | const FunctionProtoType *Source, |
| 1461 | SourceLocation SourceLoc); |
| 1462 | |
| 1463 | TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 1464 | |
| 1465 | /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' |
| 1466 | /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. |
| 1467 | ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); |
| 1468 | |
| 1469 | /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. |
| 1470 | struct TypeDiagnoser { |
| 1471 | TypeDiagnoser() {} |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 | virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
| 1474 | virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} |
| 1475 | }; |
| 1476 | |
| 1477 | static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } |
| 1478 | static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } |
| 1479 | static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } |
| 1480 | static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } |
| 1481 | static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } |
| 1482 | static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } |
| 1483 | static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { |
| 1484 | return II; |
| 1485 | } |
| 1486 | static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } |
| 1487 | static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } |
| 1488 | static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } |
| 1489 | static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } |
| 1490 | static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } |
| 1491 | static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} |
| 1492 | |
| 1493 | template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser { |
| 1494 | unsigned DiagID; |
| 1495 | std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args; |
| 1496 | |
| 1497 | template <std::size_t... Is> |
| 1498 | void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
| 1499 | llvm::index_sequence<Is...>) const { |
| 1500 | // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order. |
| 1501 | bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...}; |
| 1502 | (void)Dummy; |
| 1503 | } |
| 1504 | |
| 1505 | public: |
| 1506 | BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) |
| 1507 | : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) { |
| 1508 | assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser")(static_cast <bool> (DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagID != 0 && \"no diagnostic for type diagnoser\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1508, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1509 | } |
| 1510 | |
| 1511 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
| 1512 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID); |
| 1513 | emit(DB, llvm::index_sequence_for<Ts...>()); |
| 1514 | DB << T; |
| 1515 | } |
| 1516 | }; |
| 1517 | |
| 1518 | private: |
| 1519 | bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
| 1520 | TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser); |
| 1521 | |
| 1522 | struct ModuleScope { |
| 1523 | clang::Module *Module = nullptr; |
| 1524 | bool ModuleInterface = false; |
| 1525 | VisibleModuleSet OuterVisibleModules; |
| 1526 | }; |
| 1527 | /// The modules we're currently parsing. |
| 1528 | llvm::SmallVector<ModuleScope, 16> ModuleScopes; |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 | /// Get the module whose scope we are currently within. |
| 1531 | Module *getCurrentModule() const { |
| 1532 | return ModuleScopes.empty() ? nullptr : ModuleScopes.back().Module; |
| 1533 | } |
| 1534 | |
| 1535 | VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules; |
| 1536 | |
| 1537 | public: |
| 1538 | /// \brief Get the module owning an entity. |
| 1539 | Module *getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) { return Entity->getOwningModule(); } |
| 1540 | |
| 1541 | /// \brief Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND |
| 1542 | /// visible at the specified location. |
| 1543 | void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND); |
| 1544 | |
| 1545 | bool isModuleVisible(const Module *M) { return VisibleModules.isVisible(M); } |
| 1546 | |
| 1547 | /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup. |
| 1548 | bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) { |
| 1549 | return !D->isHidden() || isVisibleSlow(D); |
| 1550 | } |
| 1551 | |
| 1552 | /// Determine whether any declaration of an entity is visible. |
| 1553 | bool |
| 1554 | hasVisibleDeclaration(const NamedDecl *D, |
| 1555 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr) { |
| 1556 | return isVisible(D) || hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(D, Modules); |
| 1557 | } |
| 1558 | bool hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D, |
| 1559 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules); |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 | bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def); |
| 1562 | bool hasMergedDefinitionInCurrentModule(NamedDecl *Def); |
| 1563 | |
| 1564 | /// Determine if \p D and \p Suggested have a structurally compatible |
| 1565 | /// layout as described in C11 6.2.7/1. |
| 1566 | bool hasStructuralCompatLayout(Decl *D, Decl *Suggested); |
| 1567 | |
| 1568 | /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration |
| 1569 | /// that should be made visible to expose the definition. |
| 1570 | bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested, |
| 1571 | bool OnlyNeedComplete = false); |
| 1572 | bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) { |
| 1573 | NamedDecl *Hidden; |
| 1574 | return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden); |
| 1575 | } |
| 1576 | |
| 1577 | /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument. |
| 1578 | bool |
| 1579 | hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D, |
| 1580 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
| 1581 | |
| 1582 | /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is an explicit |
| 1583 | /// specialization declaration for a specialization of a template. (For a |
| 1584 | /// member specialization, use hasVisibleMemberSpecialization.) |
| 1585 | bool hasVisibleExplicitSpecialization( |
| 1586 | const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
| 1587 | |
| 1588 | /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is a member |
| 1589 | /// specialization declaration (as opposed to an instantiated declaration). |
| 1590 | bool hasVisibleMemberSpecialization( |
| 1591 | const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 | /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations |
| 1594 | /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to |
| 1595 | /// an extension warning. |
| 1596 | bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A, |
| 1597 | const NamedDecl *B); |
| 1598 | void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations( |
| 1599 | SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D, |
| 1600 | ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv); |
| 1601 | |
| 1602 | bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { |
| 1603 | return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, nullptr); |
| 1604 | } |
| 1605 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
| 1606 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
| 1607 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
| 1608 | unsigned DiagID); |
| 1609 | |
| 1610 | template <typename... Ts> |
| 1611 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
| 1612 | const Ts &...Args) { |
| 1613 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
| 1614 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
| 1615 | } |
| 1616 | |
| 1617 | void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E); |
| 1618 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
| 1619 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 | template <typename... Ts> |
| 1622 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) { |
| 1623 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
| 1624 | return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); |
| 1625 | } |
| 1626 | |
| 1627 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
| 1628 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
| 1629 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); |
| 1630 | |
| 1631 | template <typename... Ts> |
| 1632 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
| 1633 | const Ts &...Args) { |
| 1634 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
| 1635 | return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
| 1636 | } |
| 1637 | |
| 1638 | QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
| 1639 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); |
| 1640 | |
| 1641 | QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 1642 | /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated |
| 1643 | /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto). |
| 1644 | QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 1645 | bool AsUnevaluated = true); |
| 1646 | QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, |
| 1647 | UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, |
| 1648 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 1649 | |
| 1650 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 1651 | // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. |
| 1652 | // |
| 1653 | |
| 1654 | struct SkipBodyInfo { |
| 1655 | SkipBodyInfo() |
| 1656 | : ShouldSkip(false), CheckSameAsPrevious(false), Previous(nullptr), |
| 1657 | New(nullptr) {} |
| 1658 | bool ShouldSkip; |
| 1659 | bool CheckSameAsPrevious; |
| 1660 | NamedDecl *Previous; |
| 1661 | NamedDecl *New; |
| 1662 | }; |
| 1663 | |
| 1664 | DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr); |
| 1665 | |
| 1666 | void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); |
| 1667 | |
| 1668 | bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 | ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 1671 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr, |
| 1672 | bool isClassName = false, bool HasTrailingDot = false, |
| 1673 | ParsedType ObjectType = nullptr, |
| 1674 | bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, |
| 1675 | bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, |
| 1676 | bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext = true, |
| 1677 | IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr); |
| 1678 | TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); |
| 1679 | bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); |
| 1680 | void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, |
| 1681 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
| 1682 | Scope *S, |
| 1683 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 1684 | ParsedType &SuggestedType, |
| 1685 | bool IsTemplateName = false); |
| 1686 | |
| 1687 | /// Attempt to behave like MSVC in situations where lookup of an unqualified |
| 1688 | /// type name has failed in a dependent context. In these situations, we |
| 1689 | /// automatically form a DependentTypeName that will retry lookup in a related |
| 1690 | /// scope during instantiation. |
| 1691 | ParsedType ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, |
| 1692 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 1693 | bool IsTemplateTypeArg); |
| 1694 | |
| 1695 | /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed |
| 1696 | /// by \c ClassifyName(). |
| 1697 | enum NameClassificationKind { |
| 1698 | NC_Unknown, |
| 1699 | NC_Error, |
| 1700 | NC_Keyword, |
| 1701 | NC_Type, |
| 1702 | NC_Expression, |
| 1703 | NC_NestedNameSpecifier, |
| 1704 | NC_TypeTemplate, |
| 1705 | NC_VarTemplate, |
| 1706 | NC_FunctionTemplate |
| 1707 | }; |
| 1708 | |
| 1709 | class NameClassification { |
| 1710 | NameClassificationKind Kind; |
| 1711 | ExprResult Expr; |
| 1712 | TemplateName Template; |
| 1713 | ParsedType Type; |
| 1714 | |
| 1715 | explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} |
| 1716 | |
| 1717 | public: |
| 1718 | NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 | NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} |
| 1721 | |
| 1722 | NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) : Kind(NC_Keyword) {} |
| 1723 | |
| 1724 | static NameClassification Error() { |
| 1725 | return NameClassification(NC_Error); |
| 1726 | } |
| 1727 | |
| 1728 | static NameClassification Unknown() { |
| 1729 | return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); |
| 1730 | } |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 | static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { |
| 1733 | return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); |
| 1734 | } |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 | static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
| 1737 | NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); |
| 1738 | Result.Template = Name; |
| 1739 | return Result; |
| 1740 | } |
| 1741 | |
| 1742 | static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
| 1743 | NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate); |
| 1744 | Result.Template = Name; |
| 1745 | return Result; |
| 1746 | } |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 | static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
| 1749 | NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); |
| 1750 | Result.Template = Name; |
| 1751 | return Result; |
| 1752 | } |
| 1753 | |
| 1754 | NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } |
| 1755 | |
| 1756 | ParsedType getType() const { |
| 1757 | assert(Kind == NC_Type)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_Type) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_Type", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1757, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1758 | return Type; |
| 1759 | } |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 | ExprResult getExpression() const { |
| 1762 | assert(Kind == NC_Expression)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_Expression) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_Expression", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1762, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1763 | return Expr; |
| 1764 | } |
| 1765 | |
| 1766 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
| 1767 | assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1768, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 1768 | Kind == NC_VarTemplate)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1768, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1769 | return Template; |
| 1770 | } |
| 1771 | |
| 1772 | TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { |
| 1773 | switch (Kind) { |
| 1774 | case NC_TypeTemplate: |
| 1775 | return TNK_Type_template; |
| 1776 | case NC_FunctionTemplate: |
| 1777 | return TNK_Function_template; |
| 1778 | case NC_VarTemplate: |
| 1779 | return TNK_Var_template; |
| 1780 | default: |
| 1781 | llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unsupported name classification." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1781); |
| 1782 | } |
| 1783 | } |
| 1784 | }; |
| 1785 | |
| 1786 | /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on |
| 1787 | /// the results of name lookup and the following token. |
| 1788 | /// |
| 1789 | /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct |
| 1790 | /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt |
| 1791 | /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. |
| 1792 | /// |
| 1793 | /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. |
| 1794 | /// |
| 1795 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. |
| 1796 | /// |
| 1797 | /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, |
| 1798 | /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. |
| 1799 | /// |
| 1800 | /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. |
| 1801 | /// |
| 1802 | /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help |
| 1803 | /// disambiguate the name. |
| 1804 | /// |
| 1805 | /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary |
| 1806 | /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an |
| 1807 | /// expression. |
| 1808 | /// |
| 1809 | /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. |
| 1810 | NameClassification |
| 1811 | ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, |
| 1812 | SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, |
| 1813 | bool IsAddressOfOperand, |
| 1814 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr); |
| 1815 | |
| 1816 | /// Describes the detailed kind of a template name. Used in diagnostics. |
| 1817 | enum class TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics { |
| 1818 | ClassTemplate, |
| 1819 | FunctionTemplate, |
| 1820 | VarTemplate, |
| 1821 | AliasTemplate, |
| 1822 | TemplateTemplateParam, |
| 1823 | DependentTemplate |
| 1824 | }; |
| 1825 | TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics |
| 1826 | getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name); |
| 1827 | |
| 1828 | /// Determine whether it's plausible that E was intended to be a |
| 1829 | /// template-name. |
| 1830 | bool mightBeIntendedToBeTemplateName(ExprResult E) { |
| 1831 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E.isInvalid()) |
| 1832 | return false; |
| 1833 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E.get())) |
| 1834 | return !DRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
| 1835 | if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E.get())) |
| 1836 | return !ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
| 1837 | // Any additional cases recognized here should also be handled by |
| 1838 | // diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName. |
| 1839 | return false; |
| 1840 | } |
| 1841 | void diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName(Scope *S, ExprResult TemplateName, |
| 1842 | SourceLocation Less, |
| 1843 | SourceLocation Greater); |
| 1844 | |
| 1845 | Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 1846 | |
| 1847 | NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
| 1848 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); |
| 1849 | void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S); |
| 1850 | bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); |
| 1851 | bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, |
| 1852 | DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 1853 | bool IsTemplateId); |
| 1854 | void |
| 1855 | diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals, |
| 1856 | SourceLocation FallbackLoc, |
| 1857 | SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
| 1858 | SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
| 1859 | SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
| 1860 | SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
| 1861 | SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc = SourceLocation()); |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 | static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC); |
| 1864 | void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); |
| 1865 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, |
| 1866 | const LookupResult &R); |
| 1867 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, const LookupResult &R); |
| 1868 | void CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, |
| 1869 | const LookupResult &R); |
| 1870 | void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); |
| 1871 | |
| 1872 | /// Warn if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers |
| 1873 | /// to a shadowing declaration. |
| 1874 | void CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 1875 | |
| 1876 | void DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
| 1877 | |
| 1878 | private: |
| 1879 | /// Map of current shadowing declarations to shadowed declarations. Warn if |
| 1880 | /// it looks like the user is trying to modify the shadowing declaration. |
| 1881 | llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, const NamedDecl *> ShadowingDecls; |
| 1882 | |
| 1883 | public: |
| 1884 | void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); |
| 1885 | void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope); |
| 1886 | void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, |
| 1887 | TypedefNameDecl *NewTD); |
| 1888 | void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); |
| 1889 | NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
| 1890 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 1891 | LookupResult &Previous); |
| 1892 | NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, |
| 1893 | LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); |
| 1894 | NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, |
| 1895 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 1896 | LookupResult &Previous, |
| 1897 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
| 1898 | bool &AddToScope, |
| 1899 | ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings = None); |
| 1900 | NamedDecl * |
| 1901 | ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
| 1902 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); |
| 1903 | // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration |
| 1904 | bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); |
| 1905 | void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); |
| 1906 | bool DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, |
| 1907 | Expr *Init); |
| 1908 | void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *VD); |
| 1909 | void CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DecompositionDecl *DD); |
| 1910 | void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); |
| 1911 | |
| 1912 | NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
| 1913 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 1914 | LookupResult &Previous, |
| 1915 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
| 1916 | bool &AddToScope); |
| 1917 | bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
| 1918 | |
| 1919 | bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 1920 | bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); |
| 1921 | |
| 1922 | void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
| 1923 | void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
| 1924 | SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); |
| 1925 | void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
| 1926 | SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); |
| 1927 | // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration |
| 1928 | bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, |
| 1929 | FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, |
| 1930 | bool IsMemberSpecialization); |
| 1931 | bool shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *OldDecl); |
| 1932 | void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); |
| 1933 | void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 1934 | Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 1935 | ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, |
| 1936 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 1937 | QualType T); |
| 1938 | ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 1939 | SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 1940 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
| 1941 | StorageClass SC); |
| 1942 | void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, |
| 1943 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
| 1944 | Expr *defarg); |
| 1945 | void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, |
| 1946 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
| 1947 | SourceLocation ArgLoc); |
| 1948 | void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
| 1949 | bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, |
| 1950 | SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
| 1951 | |
| 1952 | void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit); |
| 1953 | void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl); |
| 1954 | void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); |
| 1955 | |
| 1956 | void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc); |
| 1957 | void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); |
| 1958 | StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
| 1959 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
| 1960 | ParsedAttributes &Attrs, |
| 1961 | SourceLocation AttrEnd); |
| 1962 | void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); |
| 1963 | void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); |
| 1964 | void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); |
| 1965 | DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, |
| 1966 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
| 1967 | DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
| 1968 | |
| 1969 | /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached |
| 1970 | /// documentation comments. |
| 1971 | void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); |
| 1972 | void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 | void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
| 1975 | SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); |
| 1976 | void CheckForFunctionRedefinition( |
| 1977 | FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr, |
| 1978 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
| 1979 | Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
| 1980 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
| 1981 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
| 1982 | Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D, |
| 1983 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
| 1984 | void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
| 1985 | bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { |
| 1986 | return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); |
| 1987 | } |
| 1988 | |
| 1989 | /// \brief Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or |
| 1990 | /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting |
| 1991 | /// code for that function. |
| 1992 | /// |
| 1993 | /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the |
| 1994 | /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to |
| 1995 | /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11 |
| 1996 | /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs. |
| 1997 | bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D); |
| 1998 | |
| 1999 | /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function |
| 2000 | /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting |
| 2001 | /// code for that function. |
| 2002 | /// |
| 2003 | /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in |
| 2004 | /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is |
| 2005 | /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). |
| 2006 | bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); |
| 2007 | |
| 2008 | void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); |
| 2009 | Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); |
| 2010 | Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); |
| 2011 | Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); |
| 2012 | void ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D); |
| 2013 | |
| 2014 | /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an |
| 2015 | /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. |
| 2016 | void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); |
| 2017 | |
| 2018 | /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of |
| 2019 | /// ParmVarDecl pointers. |
| 2020 | void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters); |
| 2021 | |
| 2022 | /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a |
| 2023 | /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a |
| 2024 | /// specified threshold. |
| 2025 | void |
| 2026 | DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, |
| 2027 | QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D); |
| 2028 | |
| 2029 | void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); |
| 2030 | Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, |
| 2031 | SourceLocation AsmLoc, |
| 2032 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 2033 | |
| 2034 | /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. |
| 2035 | Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, |
| 2036 | AttributeList *AttrList, |
| 2037 | SourceLocation SemiLoc); |
| 2038 | |
| 2039 | enum class ModuleDeclKind { |
| 2040 | Interface, ///< 'export module X;' |
| 2041 | Implementation, ///< 'module X;' |
| 2042 | Partition, ///< 'module partition X;' |
| 2043 | }; |
| 2044 | |
| 2045 | /// The parser has processed a module-declaration that begins the definition |
| 2046 | /// of a module interface or implementation. |
| 2047 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 2048 | SourceLocation ModuleLoc, ModuleDeclKind MDK, |
| 2049 | ModuleIdPath Path); |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 | /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. |
| 2052 | /// |
| 2053 | /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. |
| 2054 | /// |
| 2055 | /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. |
| 2056 | /// |
| 2057 | /// \param Path The module access path. |
| 2058 | DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, |
| 2059 | ModuleIdPath Path); |
| 2060 | |
| 2061 | /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a |
| 2062 | /// #include or similar preprocessing directive. |
| 2063 | void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
| 2064 | void BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
| 2065 | |
| 2066 | /// \brief The parsed has entered a submodule. |
| 2067 | void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
| 2068 | /// \brief The parser has left a submodule. |
| 2069 | void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 | /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given |
| 2072 | /// source location, for error recovery, if possible. |
| 2073 | /// |
| 2074 | /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup |
| 2075 | /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user |
| 2076 | /// has forgotten to import. |
| 2077 | void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2078 | Module *Mod); |
| 2079 | |
| 2080 | /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond |
| 2081 | /// to %select values in diagnostics. |
| 2082 | enum class MissingImportKind { |
| 2083 | Declaration, |
| 2084 | Definition, |
| 2085 | DefaultArgument, |
| 2086 | ExplicitSpecialization, |
| 2087 | PartialSpecialization |
| 2088 | }; |
| 2089 | |
| 2090 | /// \brief Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but |
| 2091 | /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem. |
| 2092 | void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl, |
| 2093 | MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover = true); |
| 2094 | void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl, |
| 2095 | SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules, |
| 2096 | MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover); |
| 2097 | |
| 2098 | Decl *ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
| 2099 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
| 2100 | Decl *ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *ExportDecl, |
| 2101 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
| 2102 | |
| 2103 | /// \brief We've found a use of a templated declaration that would trigger an |
| 2104 | /// implicit instantiation. Check that any relevant explicit specializations |
| 2105 | /// and partial specializations are visible, and diagnose if not. |
| 2106 | void checkSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Spec); |
| 2107 | |
| 2108 | /// \brief We've found a use of a template specialization that would select a |
| 2109 | /// partial specialization. Check that the partial specialization is visible, |
| 2110 | /// and diagnose if not. |
| 2111 | void checkPartialSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2112 | NamedDecl *Spec); |
| 2113 | |
| 2114 | /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. |
| 2115 | PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { |
| 2116 | return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); |
| 2117 | } |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 | /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. |
| 2120 | static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
| 2121 | const Preprocessor &PP); |
| 2122 | |
| 2123 | /// Scope actions. |
| 2124 | void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); |
| 2125 | void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); |
| 2126 | |
| 2127 | Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 2128 | RecordDecl *&AnonRecord); |
| 2129 | Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 2130 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, |
| 2131 | bool IsExplicitInstantiation, |
| 2132 | RecordDecl *&AnonRecord); |
| 2133 | |
| 2134 | Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 2135 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
| 2136 | RecordDecl *Record, |
| 2137 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
| 2138 | |
| 2139 | Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 2140 | RecordDecl *Record); |
| 2141 | |
| 2142 | /// Common ways to introduce type names without a tag for use in diagnostics. |
| 2143 | /// Keep in sync with err_tag_reference_non_tag. |
| 2144 | enum NonTagKind { |
| 2145 | NTK_NonStruct, |
| 2146 | NTK_NonClass, |
| 2147 | NTK_NonUnion, |
| 2148 | NTK_NonEnum, |
| 2149 | NTK_Typedef, |
| 2150 | NTK_TypeAlias, |
| 2151 | NTK_Template, |
| 2152 | NTK_TypeAliasTemplate, |
| 2153 | NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument, |
| 2154 | }; |
| 2155 | |
| 2156 | /// Given a non-tag type declaration, returns an enum useful for indicating |
| 2157 | /// what kind of non-tag type this is. |
| 2158 | NonTagKind getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *D, TagTypeKind TTK); |
| 2159 | |
| 2160 | bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, |
| 2161 | TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, |
| 2162 | SourceLocation NewTagLoc, |
| 2163 | const IdentifierInfo *Name); |
| 2164 | |
| 2165 | enum TagUseKind { |
| 2166 | TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' |
| 2167 | TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' |
| 2168 | TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' |
| 2169 | TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' |
| 2170 | }; |
| 2171 | |
| 2172 | Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, |
| 2173 | SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 2174 | SourceLocation NameLoc, AttributeList *Attr, |
| 2175 | AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
| 2176 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, bool &OwnedDecl, |
| 2177 | bool &IsDependent, SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, |
| 2178 | bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType, |
| 2179 | bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, |
| 2180 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
| 2181 | |
| 2182 | Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
| 2183 | unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, |
| 2184 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 2185 | IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 2186 | AttributeList *Attr, |
| 2187 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); |
| 2188 | |
| 2189 | TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, |
| 2190 | unsigned TagSpec, |
| 2191 | TagUseKind TUK, |
| 2192 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 2193 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 2194 | SourceLocation TagLoc, |
| 2195 | SourceLocation NameLoc); |
| 2196 | |
| 2197 | void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 2198 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
| 2199 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); |
| 2200 | Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 2201 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 | FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 2204 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
| 2205 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
| 2206 | AccessSpecifier AS); |
| 2207 | MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, |
| 2208 | SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 2209 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
| 2210 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
| 2211 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
| 2212 | AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); |
| 2213 | |
| 2214 | FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, |
| 2215 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 2216 | RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2217 | bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
| 2218 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
| 2219 | SourceLocation TSSL, |
| 2220 | AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
| 2221 | Declarator *D = nullptr); |
| 2222 | |
| 2223 | bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); |
| 2224 | void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); |
| 2225 | |
| 2226 | enum TrivialABIHandling { |
| 2227 | /// The triviality of a method unaffected by "trivial_abi". |
| 2228 | TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI, |
| 2229 | |
| 2230 | /// The triviality of a method affected by "trivial_abi". |
| 2231 | TAH_ConsiderTrivialABI |
| 2232 | }; |
| 2233 | |
| 2234 | bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
| 2235 | TrivialABIHandling TAH = TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI, |
| 2236 | bool Diagnose = false); |
| 2237 | CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
| 2238 | void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 2239 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); |
| 2240 | Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 2241 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
| 2242 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); |
| 2243 | |
| 2244 | // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. |
| 2245 | void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, |
| 2246 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, |
| 2247 | SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, |
| 2248 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
| 2249 | |
| 2250 | /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the |
| 2251 | /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, |
| 2252 | /// struct, or union). |
| 2253 | void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); |
| 2254 | |
| 2255 | /// Perform ODR-like check for C/ObjC when merging tag types from modules. |
| 2256 | /// Differently from C++, actually parse the body and reject / error out |
| 2257 | /// in case of a structural mismatch. |
| 2258 | bool ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, |
| 2259 | SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody); |
| 2260 | |
| 2261 | typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext; |
| 2262 | |
| 2263 | /// \brief Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping. |
| 2264 | SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD); |
| 2265 | |
| 2266 | Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); |
| 2267 | |
| 2268 | /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a |
| 2269 | /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its |
| 2270 | /// member declarations. |
| 2271 | void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, |
| 2272 | SourceLocation FinalLoc, |
| 2273 | bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, |
| 2274 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
| 2275 | |
| 2276 | /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing |
| 2277 | /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). |
| 2278 | void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, |
| 2279 | SourceRange BraceRange); |
| 2280 | |
| 2281 | void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context); |
| 2282 | |
| 2283 | void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); |
| 2284 | |
| 2285 | /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container |
| 2286 | /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. |
| 2287 | /// |
| 2288 | /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext |
| 2289 | void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); |
| 2290 | void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); |
| 2291 | |
| 2292 | /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable |
| 2293 | /// error parsing the definition of a tag. |
| 2294 | void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); |
| 2295 | |
| 2296 | EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, |
| 2297 | EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, |
| 2298 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 2299 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 2300 | Expr *val); |
| 2301 | bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); |
| 2302 | bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, |
| 2303 | QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed, |
| 2304 | const EnumDecl *Prev); |
| 2305 | |
| 2306 | /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped. |
| 2307 | /// \param II The name of the first enumerator. |
| 2308 | SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, |
| 2309 | SourceLocation IILoc); |
| 2310 | |
| 2311 | Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, |
| 2312 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 2313 | AttributeList *Attrs, SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
| 2314 | Expr *Val); |
| 2315 | void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, |
| 2316 | Decl *EnumDecl, |
| 2317 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, |
| 2318 | Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); |
| 2319 | |
| 2320 | DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); |
| 2321 | |
| 2322 | /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. |
| 2323 | void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
| 2324 | void PopDeclContext(); |
| 2325 | |
| 2326 | /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context |
| 2327 | /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. |
| 2328 | void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
| 2329 | void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); |
| 2330 | |
| 2331 | /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. |
| 2332 | void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); |
| 2333 | void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); |
| 2334 | |
| 2335 | DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); |
| 2336 | |
| 2337 | /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer |
| 2338 | /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently |
| 2339 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
| 2340 | FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); |
| 2341 | |
| 2342 | /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to |
| 2343 | /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently |
| 2344 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
| 2345 | ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); |
| 2346 | |
| 2347 | /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method |
| 2348 | /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently |
| 2349 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
| 2350 | NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); |
| 2351 | |
| 2352 | /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. |
| 2353 | void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); |
| 2354 | |
| 2355 | /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the |
| 2356 | /// top level scope. |
| 2357 | /// |
| 2358 | /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. |
| 2359 | /// |
| 2360 | /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. |
| 2361 | void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); |
| 2362 | |
| 2363 | /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true |
| 2364 | /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns |
| 2365 | /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. |
| 2366 | /// |
| 2367 | /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the |
| 2368 | /// enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained |
| 2369 | /// directly within it. |
| 2370 | bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr, |
| 2371 | bool AllowInlineNamespace = false); |
| 2372 | |
| 2373 | /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it |
| 2374 | /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. |
| 2375 | static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 | /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). |
| 2378 | TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, |
| 2379 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
| 2380 | bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); |
| 2381 | |
| 2382 | /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability |
| 2383 | /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). |
| 2384 | enum AvailabilityMergeKind { |
| 2385 | /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. |
| 2386 | AMK_None, |
| 2387 | /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires |
| 2388 | /// an exact match. |
| 2389 | AMK_Redeclaration, |
| 2390 | /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires |
| 2391 | /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. |
| 2392 | AMK_Override, |
| 2393 | /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an implementation of |
| 2394 | /// a protocol requirement. |
| 2395 | AMK_ProtocolImplementation, |
| 2396 | }; |
| 2397 | |
| 2398 | /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. |
| 2399 | AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, |
| 2400 | IdentifierInfo *Platform, |
| 2401 | bool Implicit, |
| 2402 | VersionTuple Introduced, |
| 2403 | VersionTuple Deprecated, |
| 2404 | VersionTuple Obsoleted, |
| 2405 | bool IsUnavailable, |
| 2406 | StringRef Message, |
| 2407 | bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement, |
| 2408 | AvailabilityMergeKind AMK, |
| 2409 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2410 | TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
| 2411 | TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, |
| 2412 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2413 | VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
| 2414 | VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, |
| 2415 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2416 | UuidAttr *mergeUuidAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
| 2417 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex, StringRef Uuid); |
| 2418 | DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
| 2419 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2420 | DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
| 2421 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2422 | MSInheritanceAttr * |
| 2423 | mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase, |
| 2424 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex, |
| 2425 | MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling); |
| 2426 | FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
| 2427 | IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx, |
| 2428 | int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2429 | SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, |
| 2430 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2431 | AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
| 2432 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
| 2433 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2434 | MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
| 2435 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2436 | OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
| 2437 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2438 | InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
| 2439 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
| 2440 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2441 | CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
| 2442 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2443 | |
| 2444 | void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, |
| 2445 | AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); |
| 2446 | void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, |
| 2447 | LookupResult &OldDecls); |
| 2448 | bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S, |
| 2449 | bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
| 2450 | bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, |
| 2451 | Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
| 2452 | void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); |
| 2453 | void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous); |
| 2454 | void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
| 2455 | void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); |
| 2456 | bool checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *OldDefn, VarDecl *NewDefn); |
| 2457 | void notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New); |
| 2458 | bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); |
| 2459 | |
| 2460 | // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions |
| 2461 | // to represent what is actually causing the operation |
| 2462 | enum AssignmentAction { |
| 2463 | AA_Assigning, |
| 2464 | AA_Passing, |
| 2465 | AA_Returning, |
| 2466 | AA_Converting, |
| 2467 | AA_Initializing, |
| 2468 | AA_Sending, |
| 2469 | AA_Casting, |
| 2470 | AA_Passing_CFAudited |
| 2471 | }; |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 | /// C++ Overloading. |
| 2474 | enum OverloadKind { |
| 2475 | /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are |
| 2476 | /// functions or function templates with different signatures. |
| 2477 | Ovl_Overload, |
| 2478 | |
| 2479 | /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches |
| 2480 | /// an existing declaration. |
| 2481 | Ovl_Match, |
| 2482 | |
| 2483 | /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a |
| 2484 | /// non-function. |
| 2485 | Ovl_NonFunction |
| 2486 | }; |
| 2487 | OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, |
| 2488 | FunctionDecl *New, |
| 2489 | const LookupResult &OldDecls, |
| 2490 | NamedDecl *&OldDecl, |
| 2491 | bool IsForUsingDecl); |
| 2492 | bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl, |
| 2493 | bool ConsiderCudaAttrs = true); |
| 2494 | |
| 2495 | /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current |
| 2496 | /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. |
| 2497 | /// |
| 2498 | /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside |
| 2499 | /// an available function, false otherwise. |
| 2500 | bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 2501 | |
| 2502 | ImplicitConversionSequence |
| 2503 | TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
| 2504 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
| 2505 | bool AllowExplicit, |
| 2506 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
| 2507 | bool CStyle, |
| 2508 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); |
| 2509 | |
| 2510 | bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
| 2511 | bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
| 2512 | bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
| 2513 | bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
| 2514 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
| 2515 | QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); |
| 2516 | bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
| 2517 | QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); |
| 2518 | bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
| 2519 | QualType &ConvertedType); |
| 2520 | bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
| 2521 | QualType& ConvertedType); |
| 2522 | bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, |
| 2523 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType, |
| 2524 | unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr); |
| 2525 | void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, |
| 2526 | QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
| 2527 | |
| 2528 | void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E); |
| 2529 | CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); |
| 2530 | bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
| 2531 | CastKind &Kind, |
| 2532 | CXXCastPath& BasePath, |
| 2533 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess, |
| 2534 | bool Diagnose = true); |
| 2535 | bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
| 2536 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
| 2537 | QualType &ConvertedType); |
| 2538 | bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
| 2539 | CastKind &Kind, |
| 2540 | CXXCastPath &BasePath, |
| 2541 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess); |
| 2542 | bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
| 2543 | bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); |
| 2544 | bool IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
| 2545 | QualType &ResultTy); |
| 2546 | bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
| 2547 | bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); |
| 2548 | |
| 2549 | ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
| 2550 | const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, |
| 2551 | QualType ResultType, |
| 2552 | Expr *Value, |
| 2553 | bool AllowNRVO = true); |
| 2554 | |
| 2555 | bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
| 2556 | ExprResult Init); |
| 2557 | ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
| 2558 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
| 2559 | ExprResult Init, |
| 2560 | bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, |
| 2561 | bool AllowExplicit = false); |
| 2562 | ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, |
| 2563 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
| 2564 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
| 2565 | CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 | ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); |
| 2568 | ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); |
| 2569 | |
| 2570 | /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. |
| 2571 | enum CCEKind { |
| 2572 | CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. |
| 2573 | CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. |
| 2574 | CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. |
| 2575 | CCEK_NewExpr, ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator. |
| 2576 | CCEK_ConstexprIf ///< Condition in a constexpr if statement. |
| 2577 | }; |
| 2578 | ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, |
| 2579 | llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); |
| 2580 | ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, |
| 2581 | APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE); |
| 2582 | |
| 2583 | /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit |
| 2584 | /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter. |
| 2585 | class ContextualImplicitConverter { |
| 2586 | public: |
| 2587 | bool Suppress; |
| 2588 | bool SuppressConversion; |
| 2589 | |
| 2590 | ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false, |
| 2591 | bool SuppressConversion = false) |
| 2592 | : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {} |
| 2593 | |
| 2594 | /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type |
| 2595 | /// for this conversion. |
| 2596 | virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0; |
| 2597 | |
| 2598 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have |
| 2599 | /// integral or enumeration type. |
| 2600 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 2601 | diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
| 2602 | |
| 2603 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. |
| 2604 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 2605 | diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function |
| 2608 | /// is explicit. |
| 2609 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( |
| 2610 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
| 2611 | |
| 2612 | /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. |
| 2613 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 2614 | noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
| 2615 | |
| 2616 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion |
| 2617 | /// functions. |
| 2618 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 2619 | diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
| 2620 | |
| 2621 | /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. |
| 2622 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 2623 | noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
| 2624 | |
| 2625 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function |
| 2626 | /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). |
| 2627 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( |
| 2628 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 | virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {} |
| 2631 | }; |
| 2632 | |
| 2633 | class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter { |
| 2634 | bool AllowScopedEnumerations; |
| 2635 | |
| 2636 | public: |
| 2637 | ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, |
| 2638 | bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion) |
| 2639 | : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion), |
| 2640 | AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {} |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 | /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type. |
| 2643 | bool match(QualType T) override; |
| 2644 | |
| 2645 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 2646 | diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
| 2647 | return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T); |
| 2648 | } |
| 2649 | |
| 2650 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have |
| 2651 | /// integral or enumeration type. |
| 2652 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 2653 | diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
| 2654 | }; |
| 2655 | |
| 2656 | /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion. |
| 2657 | ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion( |
| 2658 | SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter); |
| 2659 | |
| 2660 | |
| 2661 | enum ObjCSubscriptKind { |
| 2662 | OS_Array, |
| 2663 | OS_Dictionary, |
| 2664 | OS_Error |
| 2665 | }; |
| 2666 | ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); |
| 2667 | |
| 2668 | // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as |
| 2669 | // this is used for diagnostics logic. |
| 2670 | enum ObjCLiteralKind { |
| 2671 | LK_Array, |
| 2672 | LK_Dictionary, |
| 2673 | LK_Numeric, |
| 2674 | LK_Boxed, |
| 2675 | LK_String, |
| 2676 | LK_Block, |
| 2677 | LK_None |
| 2678 | }; |
| 2679 | ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); |
| 2680 | |
| 2681 | ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, |
| 2682 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
| 2683 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
| 2684 | NamedDecl *Member); |
| 2685 | |
| 2686 | // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. |
| 2687 | // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. |
| 2688 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; |
| 2689 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 | void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, |
| 2692 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 2693 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 2694 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
| 2695 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
| 2696 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
| 2697 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
| 2698 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None); |
| 2699 | void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, |
| 2700 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 2701 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
| 2702 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr, |
| 2703 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
| 2704 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
| 2705 | bool FirstArgumentIsBase = false); |
| 2706 | void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 2707 | QualType ObjectType, |
| 2708 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
| 2709 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 2710 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
| 2711 | bool SuppressUserConversion = false); |
| 2712 | void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, |
| 2713 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 2714 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, |
| 2715 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
| 2716 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 2717 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
| 2718 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
| 2719 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
| 2720 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None); |
| 2721 | void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, |
| 2722 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 2723 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
| 2724 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
| 2725 | QualType ObjectType, |
| 2726 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
| 2727 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 2728 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
| 2729 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
| 2730 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
| 2731 | void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
| 2732 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 2733 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
| 2734 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 2735 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
| 2736 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
| 2737 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
| 2738 | bool CheckNonDependentConversions(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
| 2739 | ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, |
| 2740 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 2741 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
| 2742 | ConversionSequenceList &Conversions, |
| 2743 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
| 2744 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = nullptr, |
| 2745 | QualType ObjectType = QualType(), |
| 2746 | Expr::Classification |
| 2747 | ObjectClassification = {}); |
| 2748 | void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, |
| 2749 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 2750 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
| 2751 | Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
| 2752 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
| 2753 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
| 2754 | bool AllowResultConversion = true); |
| 2755 | void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
| 2756 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 2757 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
| 2758 | Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
| 2759 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
| 2760 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
| 2761 | bool AllowResultConversion = true); |
| 2762 | void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, |
| 2763 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 2764 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
| 2765 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
| 2766 | Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 2767 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); |
| 2768 | void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
| 2769 | SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 2770 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
| 2771 | SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); |
| 2772 | void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType *ParamTys, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 2773 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
| 2774 | bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, |
| 2775 | unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); |
| 2776 | void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
| 2777 | SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 2778 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); |
| 2779 | void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, |
| 2780 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2781 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 2782 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
| 2783 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
| 2784 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
| 2785 | |
| 2786 | // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate |
| 2787 | void NoteOverloadCandidate(NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn, |
| 2788 | QualType DestType = QualType(), |
| 2789 | bool TakingAddress = false); |
| 2790 | |
| 2791 | // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by |
| 2792 | // the expression Expr |
| 2793 | void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(), |
| 2794 | bool TakingAddress = false); |
| 2795 | |
| 2796 | /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first |
| 2797 | /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful. |
| 2798 | EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 2799 | bool MissingImplicitThis = false); |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 | /// Find the failed Boolean condition within a given Boolean |
| 2802 | /// constant expression, and describe it with a string. |
| 2803 | /// |
| 2804 | /// \param AllowTopLevelCond Whether to allow the result to be the |
| 2805 | /// complete top-level condition. |
| 2806 | std::pair<Expr *, std::string> |
| 2807 | findFailedBooleanCondition(Expr *Cond, bool AllowTopLevelCond); |
| 2808 | |
| 2809 | /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any |
| 2810 | /// non-ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs. |
| 2811 | /// |
| 2812 | /// Argument-dependent diagnose_if attributes should be checked each time a |
| 2813 | /// function is used as a direct callee of a function call. |
| 2814 | /// |
| 2815 | /// Returns true if any errors were emitted. |
| 2816 | bool diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function, |
| 2817 | const Expr *ThisArg, |
| 2818 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
| 2819 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 2820 | |
| 2821 | /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any |
| 2822 | /// ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs. |
| 2823 | /// |
| 2824 | /// Argument-independent diagnose_if attributes should be checked on every use |
| 2825 | /// of a function. |
| 2826 | /// |
| 2827 | /// Returns true if any errors were emitted. |
| 2828 | bool diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const NamedDecl *ND, |
| 2829 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 | /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not, |
| 2832 | /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken. |
| 2833 | /// |
| 2834 | /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal. |
| 2835 | bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function, |
| 2836 | bool Complain = false, |
| 2837 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation()); |
| 2838 | |
| 2839 | // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] |
| 2840 | // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType |
| 2841 | // R (A) --> R(A) |
| 2842 | // R (*)(A) --> R (A) |
| 2843 | // R (&)(A) --> R (A) |
| 2844 | // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) |
| 2845 | QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); |
| 2846 | |
| 2847 | FunctionDecl * |
| 2848 | ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, |
| 2849 | QualType TargetType, |
| 2850 | bool Complain, |
| 2851 | DeclAccessPair &Found, |
| 2852 | bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr); |
| 2853 | |
| 2854 | FunctionDecl * |
| 2855 | resolveAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(Expr *E, |
| 2856 | DeclAccessPair &FoundResult); |
| 2857 | |
| 2858 | bool resolveAndFixAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate( |
| 2859 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConversion = false); |
| 2860 | |
| 2861 | FunctionDecl * |
| 2862 | ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, |
| 2863 | bool Complain = false, |
| 2864 | DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr); |
| 2865 | |
| 2866 | bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( |
| 2867 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, |
| 2868 | bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, |
| 2869 | bool Complain = false, |
| 2870 | SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), |
| 2871 | QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), |
| 2872 | unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); |
| 2873 | |
| 2874 | |
| 2875 | Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, |
| 2876 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 2877 | FunctionDecl *Fn); |
| 2878 | ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, |
| 2879 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 2880 | FunctionDecl *Fn); |
| 2881 | |
| 2882 | void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
| 2883 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 2884 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
| 2885 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
| 2886 | |
| 2887 | // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a |
| 2888 | // range-based for loop. |
| 2889 | enum ForRangeStatus { |
| 2890 | FRS_Success, |
| 2891 | FRS_NoViableFunction, |
| 2892 | FRS_DiagnosticIssued |
| 2893 | }; |
| 2894 | |
| 2895 | ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2896 | SourceLocation RangeLoc, |
| 2897 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 2898 | LookupResult &MemberLookup, |
| 2899 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
| 2900 | Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); |
| 2901 | |
| 2902 | ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, |
| 2903 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
| 2904 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 2905 | MultiExprArg Args, |
| 2906 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 2907 | Expr *ExecConfig, |
| 2908 | bool AllowTypoCorrection=true, |
| 2909 | bool CalleesAddressIsTaken=false); |
| 2910 | |
| 2911 | bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
| 2912 | MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 2913 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
| 2914 | ExprResult *Result); |
| 2915 | |
| 2916 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 2917 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, |
| 2918 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
| 2919 | Expr *input, bool RequiresADL = true); |
| 2920 | |
| 2921 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 2922 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
| 2923 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
| 2924 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
| 2925 | bool RequiresADL = true); |
| 2926 | |
| 2927 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, |
| 2928 | SourceLocation RLoc, |
| 2929 | Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 | ExprResult |
| 2932 | BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, |
| 2933 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 2934 | MultiExprArg Args, |
| 2935 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 2936 | ExprResult |
| 2937 | BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 2938 | MultiExprArg Args, |
| 2939 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 2940 | |
| 2941 | ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
| 2942 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 2943 | bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr); |
| 2944 | |
| 2945 | /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is |
| 2946 | /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location |
| 2947 | /// that best represents the call. |
| 2948 | bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2949 | CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 2950 | |
| 2951 | /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. |
| 2952 | bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, |
| 2953 | bool CheckParameterNames); |
| 2954 | void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 2955 | void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); |
| 2956 | Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); |
| 2957 | |
| 2958 | /// \name Name lookup |
| 2959 | /// |
| 2960 | /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic |
| 2961 | /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, |
| 2962 | /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or |
| 2963 | /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry |
| 2964 | /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, |
| 2965 | /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. |
| 2966 | /// |
| 2967 | /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, |
| 2968 | /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how |
| 2969 | /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both |
| 2970 | /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore |
| 2971 | /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name |
| 2972 | /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name |
| 2973 | /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. |
| 2974 | /// |
| 2975 | /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name |
| 2976 | /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation |
| 2977 | /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing |
| 2978 | /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup |
| 2979 | /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or |
| 2980 | /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name |
| 2981 | /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides |
| 2982 | /// the ability to distinguish among them. |
| 2983 | //@{ |
| 2984 | |
| 2985 | /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. |
| 2986 | enum LookupNameKind { |
| 2987 | /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, |
| 2988 | /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names |
| 2989 | /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. |
| 2990 | LookupOrdinaryName = 0, |
| 2991 | /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, |
| 2992 | /// structs, and unions. |
| 2993 | LookupTagName, |
| 2994 | /// Label name lookup. |
| 2995 | LookupLabel, |
| 2996 | /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of |
| 2997 | /// class/struct/union members. |
| 2998 | LookupMemberName, |
| 2999 | /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with |
| 3000 | /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name |
| 3001 | /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. |
| 3002 | LookupOperatorName, |
| 3003 | /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution |
| 3004 | /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, |
| 3005 | /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). |
| 3006 | LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, |
| 3007 | /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or |
| 3008 | /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ |
| 3009 | /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). |
| 3010 | LookupNamespaceName, |
| 3011 | /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, |
| 3012 | /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate |
| 3013 | /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. |
| 3014 | LookupUsingDeclName, |
| 3015 | /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a |
| 3016 | /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that |
| 3017 | /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See |
| 3018 | /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. |
| 3019 | LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, |
| 3020 | /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look |
| 3021 | /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11. |
| 3022 | LookupLocalFriendName, |
| 3023 | /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. |
| 3024 | LookupObjCProtocolName, |
| 3025 | /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. |
| 3026 | LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, |
| 3027 | /// \brief Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined reduction operation. |
| 3028 | LookupOMPReductionName, |
| 3029 | /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. |
| 3030 | LookupAnyName |
| 3031 | }; |
| 3032 | |
| 3033 | /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a |
| 3034 | /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). |
| 3035 | enum RedeclarationKind { |
| 3036 | /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the |
| 3037 | /// purpose of redeclaring the name. |
| 3038 | NotForRedeclaration = 0, |
| 3039 | /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, |
| 3040 | /// if an entity by that name already exists and is visible. |
| 3041 | ForVisibleRedeclaration, |
| 3042 | /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name |
| 3043 | /// with external linkage; non-visible lookup results with external linkage |
| 3044 | /// may also be found. |
| 3045 | ForExternalRedeclaration |
| 3046 | }; |
| 3047 | |
| 3048 | RedeclarationKind forRedeclarationInCurContext() { |
| 3049 | // A declaration with an owning module for linkage can never link against |
| 3050 | // anything that is not visible. We don't need to check linkage here; if |
| 3051 | // the context has internal linkage, redeclaration lookup won't find things |
| 3052 | // from other TUs, and we can't safely compute linkage yet in general. |
| 3053 | if (cast<Decl>(CurContext) |
| 3054 | ->getOwningModuleForLinkage(/*IgnoreLinkage*/true)) |
| 3055 | return ForVisibleRedeclaration; |
| 3056 | return ForExternalRedeclaration; |
| 3057 | } |
| 3058 | |
| 3059 | /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. |
| 3060 | enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { |
| 3061 | /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. |
| 3062 | LOLR_Error, |
| 3063 | /// \brief The lookup found no match but no diagnostic was issued. |
| 3064 | LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic, |
| 3065 | /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which |
| 3066 | /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. |
| 3067 | LOLR_Cooked, |
| 3068 | /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects |
| 3069 | /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. |
| 3070 | LOLR_Raw, |
| 3071 | /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, |
| 3072 | /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be |
| 3073 | /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. |
| 3074 | LOLR_Template, |
| 3075 | /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, |
| 3076 | /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the |
| 3077 | /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments. |
| 3078 | LOLR_StringTemplate |
| 3079 | }; |
| 3080 | |
| 3081 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, |
| 3082 | CXXSpecialMember SM, |
| 3083 | bool ConstArg, |
| 3084 | bool VolatileArg, |
| 3085 | bool RValueThis, |
| 3086 | bool ConstThis, |
| 3087 | bool VolatileThis); |
| 3088 | |
| 3089 | typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator; |
| 3090 | typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)> |
| 3091 | TypoRecoveryCallback; |
| 3092 | |
| 3093 | private: |
| 3094 | bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); |
| 3095 | |
| 3096 | struct TypoExprState { |
| 3097 | std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer; |
| 3098 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler; |
| 3099 | TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler; |
| 3100 | TypoExprState(); |
| 3101 | TypoExprState(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept; |
| 3102 | TypoExprState &operator=(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept; |
| 3103 | }; |
| 3104 | |
| 3105 | /// \brief The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state. |
| 3106 | llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos; |
| 3107 | |
| 3108 | /// \brief Creates a new TypoExpr AST node. |
| 3109 | TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC, |
| 3110 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, |
| 3111 | TypoRecoveryCallback TRC); |
| 3112 | |
| 3113 | // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. |
| 3114 | // |
| 3115 | // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded |
| 3116 | // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. |
| 3117 | llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; |
| 3118 | |
| 3119 | /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal |
| 3120 | /// source. |
| 3121 | bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; |
| 3122 | |
| 3123 | /// \brief Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and |
| 3124 | /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction |
| 3125 | /// should be skipped entirely. |
| 3126 | std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> |
| 3127 | makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
| 3128 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S, |
| 3129 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 3130 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, |
| 3131 | DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext, |
| 3132 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
| 3133 | bool ErrorRecovery); |
| 3134 | |
| 3135 | public: |
| 3136 | const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const; |
| 3137 | |
| 3138 | /// \brief Clears the state of the given TypoExpr. |
| 3139 | void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE); |
| 3140 | |
| 3141 | /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return |
| 3142 | /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. |
| 3143 | /// |
| 3144 | /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle |
| 3145 | /// ambiguity and overloaded. |
| 3146 | NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, |
| 3147 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 3148 | LookupNameKind NameKind, |
| 3149 | RedeclarationKind Redecl |
| 3150 | = NotForRedeclaration); |
| 3151 | bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, |
| 3152 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); |
| 3153 | bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, |
| 3154 | bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); |
| 3155 | bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, |
| 3156 | CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
| 3157 | bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 3158 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, |
| 3159 | bool EnteringContext = false); |
| 3160 | ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 3161 | RedeclarationKind Redecl |
| 3162 | = NotForRedeclaration); |
| 3163 | bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
| 3164 | |
| 3165 | void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, |
| 3166 | QualType T1, QualType T2, |
| 3167 | UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); |
| 3168 | |
| 3169 | LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
| 3170 | SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); |
| 3171 | |
| 3172 | DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
| 3173 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
| 3174 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
| 3175 | unsigned Quals); |
| 3176 | CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, |
| 3177 | bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); |
| 3178 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
| 3179 | unsigned Quals); |
| 3180 | CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, |
| 3181 | bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); |
| 3182 | CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
| 3183 | |
| 3184 | bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id); |
| 3185 | LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, |
| 3186 | ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, |
| 3187 | bool AllowRaw, |
| 3188 | bool AllowTemplate, |
| 3189 | bool AllowStringTemplate, |
| 3190 | bool DiagnoseMissing); |
| 3191 | bool isKnownName(StringRef name); |
| 3192 | |
| 3193 | void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 3194 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions); |
| 3195 | |
| 3196 | void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, |
| 3197 | VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, |
| 3198 | bool IncludeGlobalScope = true, |
| 3199 | bool LoadExternal = true); |
| 3200 | void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, |
| 3201 | VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, |
| 3202 | bool IncludeGlobalScope = true, |
| 3203 | bool IncludeDependentBases = false, |
| 3204 | bool LoadExternal = true); |
| 3205 | |
| 3206 | enum CorrectTypoKind { |
| 3207 | CTK_NonError, // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation. |
| 3208 | CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery. |
| 3209 | }; |
| 3210 | |
| 3211 | TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
| 3212 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, |
| 3213 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 3214 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, |
| 3215 | CorrectTypoKind Mode, |
| 3216 | DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr, |
| 3217 | bool EnteringContext = false, |
| 3218 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr, |
| 3219 | bool RecordFailure = true); |
| 3220 | |
| 3221 | TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
| 3222 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S, |
| 3223 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 3224 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, |
| 3225 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, |
| 3226 | TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode, |
| 3227 | DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr, |
| 3228 | bool EnteringContext = false, |
| 3229 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr); |
| 3230 | |
| 3231 | /// \brief Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children, |
| 3232 | /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there |
| 3233 | /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or |
| 3234 | /// more typos could not be corrected. |
| 3235 | /// |
| 3236 | /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs. |
| 3237 | /// |
| 3238 | /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its |
| 3239 | /// initializer. |
| 3240 | /// |
| 3241 | /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if |
| 3242 | /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo |
| 3243 | /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different |
| 3244 | /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted. |
| 3245 | ExprResult |
| 3246 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr, |
| 3247 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter = |
| 3248 | [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }); |
| 3249 | |
| 3250 | ExprResult |
| 3251 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, |
| 3252 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { |
| 3253 | return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E, nullptr, Filter); |
| 3254 | } |
| 3255 | |
| 3256 | ExprResult |
| 3257 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr, |
| 3258 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter = |
| 3259 | [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) { |
| 3260 | return ER.isInvalid() ? ER : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), Filter); |
| 3261 | } |
| 3262 | |
| 3263 | ExprResult |
| 3264 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, |
| 3265 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { |
| 3266 | return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER, nullptr, Filter); |
| 3267 | } |
| 3268 | |
| 3269 | void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, |
| 3270 | const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, |
| 3271 | bool ErrorRecovery = true); |
| 3272 | |
| 3273 | void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, |
| 3274 | const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, |
| 3275 | const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote, |
| 3276 | bool ErrorRecovery = true); |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 | void MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F); |
| 3279 | |
| 3280 | void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, |
| 3281 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3282 | AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, |
| 3283 | AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); |
| 3284 | |
| 3285 | void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, |
| 3286 | bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace); |
| 3287 | |
| 3288 | bool CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old); |
| 3289 | |
| 3290 | void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); |
| 3291 | //@} |
| 3292 | |
| 3293 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, |
| 3294 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 3295 | bool TypoCorrection = false); |
| 3296 | NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, |
| 3297 | Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, |
| 3298 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 3299 | NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, |
| 3300 | Scope *S); |
| 3301 | void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 3302 | |
| 3303 | // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. |
| 3304 | |
| 3305 | void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
| 3306 | // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. |
| 3307 | void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD); |
| 3308 | // Helper for delayed processing of attributes. |
| 3309 | void ProcessDeclAttributeDelayed(Decl *D, const AttributeList *AttrList); |
| 3310 | void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, |
| 3311 | bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); |
| 3312 | bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, |
| 3313 | const AttributeList *AttrList); |
| 3314 | |
| 3315 | void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); |
| 3316 | |
| 3317 | /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar |
| 3318 | /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by |
| 3319 | /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference |
| 3320 | /// type as valid. |
| 3321 | bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false); |
| 3322 | |
| 3323 | bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); |
| 3324 | bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, |
| 3325 | const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
| 3326 | bool CheckAttrTarget(const AttributeList &CurrAttr); |
| 3327 | bool CheckAttrNoArgs(const AttributeList &CurrAttr); |
| 3328 | bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr, |
| 3329 | unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str, |
| 3330 | SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr); |
| 3331 | bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str); |
| 3332 | bool checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str); |
| 3333 | bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition( |
| 3334 | CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase, |
| 3335 | MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling); |
| 3336 | |
| 3337 | void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); |
| 3338 | |
| 3339 | /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it |
| 3340 | /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from |
| 3341 | /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments. |
| 3342 | void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor, |
| 3343 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 3344 | |
| 3345 | // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens. |
| 3346 | // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not |
| 3347 | // one that came from a typedef. |
| 3348 | bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T); |
| 3349 | |
| 3350 | /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention. |
| 3351 | /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs. |
| 3352 | const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const; |
| 3353 | |
| 3354 | /// Check whether a nullability type specifier can be added to the given |
| 3355 | /// type. |
| 3356 | /// |
| 3357 | /// \param type The type to which the nullability specifier will be |
| 3358 | /// added. On success, this type will be updated appropriately. |
| 3359 | /// |
| 3360 | /// \param nullability The nullability specifier to add. |
| 3361 | /// |
| 3362 | /// \param nullabilityLoc The location of the nullability specifier. |
| 3363 | /// |
| 3364 | /// \param isContextSensitive Whether this nullability specifier was |
| 3365 | /// written as a context-sensitive keyword (in an Objective-C |
| 3366 | /// method) or an Objective-C property attribute, rather than as an |
| 3367 | /// underscored type specifier. |
| 3368 | /// |
| 3369 | /// \param allowArrayTypes Whether to accept nullability specifiers on an |
| 3370 | /// array type (e.g., because it will decay to a pointer). |
| 3371 | /// |
| 3372 | /// \returns true if nullability cannot be applied, false otherwise. |
| 3373 | bool checkNullabilityTypeSpecifier(QualType &type, NullabilityKind nullability, |
| 3374 | SourceLocation nullabilityLoc, |
| 3375 | bool isContextSensitive, |
| 3376 | bool allowArrayTypes); |
| 3377 | |
| 3378 | /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. |
| 3379 | StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, |
| 3380 | SourceRange Range); |
| 3381 | |
| 3382 | void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 3383 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, |
| 3384 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
| 3385 | |
| 3386 | void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 3387 | ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, |
| 3388 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
| 3389 | |
| 3390 | /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method |
| 3391 | /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. |
| 3392 | void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 3393 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, |
| 3394 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
| 3395 | |
| 3396 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; |
| 3397 | |
| 3398 | /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables |
| 3399 | /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. |
| 3400 | void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, |
| 3401 | ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, |
| 3402 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 3403 | |
| 3404 | /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method |
| 3405 | /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. |
| 3406 | void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
| 3407 | ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, |
| 3408 | bool IncompleteImpl = false); |
| 3409 | |
| 3410 | /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties |
| 3411 | /// which must be implemented by this implementation. |
| 3412 | void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
| 3413 | ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, |
| 3414 | bool SynthesizeProperties); |
| 3415 | |
| 3416 | /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters. |
| 3417 | void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl); |
| 3418 | |
| 3419 | /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all |
| 3420 | /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. |
| 3421 | void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl *IMPDecl, |
| 3422 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl, |
| 3423 | SourceLocation AtEnd); |
| 3424 | void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation AtEnd); |
| 3425 | |
| 3426 | /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is |
| 3427 | /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor |
| 3428 | /// declared in class 'IFace'. |
| 3429 | bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, |
| 3430 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); |
| 3431 | |
| 3432 | /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which |
| 3433 | /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor. |
| 3434 | void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S, |
| 3435 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD); |
| 3436 | |
| 3437 | /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and |
| 3438 | /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL. |
| 3439 | /// It also returns ivar's property on success. |
| 3440 | ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 3441 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const; |
| 3442 | |
| 3443 | /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in |
| 3444 | /// class extensions. |
| 3445 | ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, |
| 3446 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
| 3447 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 3448 | FieldDeclarator &FD, |
| 3449 | Selector GetterSel, |
| 3450 | SourceLocation GetterNameLoc, |
| 3451 | Selector SetterSel, |
| 3452 | SourceLocation SetterNameLoc, |
| 3453 | const bool isReadWrite, |
| 3454 | unsigned &Attributes, |
| 3455 | const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, |
| 3456 | QualType T, |
| 3457 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
| 3458 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); |
| 3459 | |
| 3460 | /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to |
| 3461 | /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. |
| 3462 | ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, |
| 3463 | ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, |
| 3464 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
| 3465 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 3466 | FieldDeclarator &FD, |
| 3467 | Selector GetterSel, |
| 3468 | SourceLocation GetterNameLoc, |
| 3469 | Selector SetterSel, |
| 3470 | SourceLocation SetterNameLoc, |
| 3471 | const bool isReadWrite, |
| 3472 | const unsigned Attributes, |
| 3473 | const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, |
| 3474 | QualType T, |
| 3475 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
| 3476 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
| 3477 | DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr); |
| 3478 | |
| 3479 | /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via |
| 3480 | /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared |
| 3481 | /// setter or getter. |
| 3482 | void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
| 3483 | ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl); |
| 3484 | |
| 3485 | void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); |
| 3486 | |
| 3487 | void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides( |
| 3488 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD, |
| 3489 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD); |
| 3490 | |
| 3491 | void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); |
| 3492 | |
| 3493 | enum MethodMatchStrategy { |
| 3494 | MMS_loose, |
| 3495 | MMS_strict |
| 3496 | }; |
| 3497 | |
| 3498 | /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns |
| 3499 | /// true, or false, accordingly. |
| 3500 | bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 3501 | const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, |
| 3502 | MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); |
| 3503 | |
| 3504 | /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or |
| 3505 | /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. |
| 3506 | void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, |
| 3507 | const SelectorSet &ClsMap, |
| 3508 | SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, |
| 3509 | SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, |
| 3510 | ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
| 3511 | ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, |
| 3512 | bool &IncompleteImpl, |
| 3513 | bool ImmediateClass, |
| 3514 | bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); |
| 3515 | |
| 3516 | /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in |
| 3517 | /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and |
| 3518 | /// warns each time an exact match is found. |
| 3519 | void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); |
| 3520 | |
| 3521 | /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. |
| 3522 | void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); |
| 3523 | |
| 3524 | private: |
| 3525 | /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global |
| 3526 | /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. |
| 3527 | void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); |
| 3528 | |
| 3529 | /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and |
| 3530 | /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. |
| 3531 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
| 3532 | bool receiverIdOrClass, |
| 3533 | bool instance); |
| 3534 | |
| 3535 | public: |
| 3536 | /// \brief - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for |
| 3537 | /// given selector. It checks the desired kind first, if none is found, and |
| 3538 | /// parameter checkTheOther is set, it then checks the other kind. If no such |
| 3539 | /// method or only one method is found, function returns false; otherwise, it |
| 3540 | /// returns true. |
| 3541 | bool |
| 3542 | CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, |
| 3543 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods, |
| 3544 | bool InstanceFirst, bool CheckTheOther, |
| 3545 | const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound = nullptr); |
| 3546 | |
| 3547 | bool |
| 3548 | AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod, |
| 3549 | SourceRange R, bool receiverIdOrClass, |
| 3550 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods); |
| 3551 | |
| 3552 | void |
| 3553 | DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods, |
| 3554 | Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
| 3555 | bool receiverIdOrClass); |
| 3556 | |
| 3557 | private: |
| 3558 | /// \brief - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or |
| 3559 | /// nullptr if none could be found |
| 3560 | ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args, |
| 3561 | bool IsInstance, |
| 3562 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods); |
| 3563 | |
| 3564 | |
| 3565 | /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction. |
| 3566 | TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, |
| 3567 | bool RecordFailure = true) { |
| 3568 | if (RecordFailure) |
| 3569 | TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc); |
| 3570 | return TypoCorrection(); |
| 3571 | } |
| 3572 | |
| 3573 | public: |
| 3574 | /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation |
| 3575 | /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate |
| 3576 | /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking |
| 3577 | /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). |
| 3578 | void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { |
| 3579 | AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); |
| 3580 | } |
| 3581 | |
| 3582 | /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. |
| 3583 | void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { |
| 3584 | AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); |
| 3585 | } |
| 3586 | |
| 3587 | /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global |
| 3588 | /// pool. |
| 3589 | void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); |
| 3590 | |
| 3591 | /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if |
| 3592 | /// there are multiple signatures. |
| 3593 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
| 3594 | bool receiverIdOrClass=false) { |
| 3595 | return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, |
| 3596 | /*instance*/true); |
| 3597 | } |
| 3598 | |
| 3599 | /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if |
| 3600 | /// there are multiple signatures. |
| 3601 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
| 3602 | bool receiverIdOrClass=false) { |
| 3603 | return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, |
| 3604 | /*instance*/false); |
| 3605 | } |
| 3606 | |
| 3607 | const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel, |
| 3608 | QualType ObjectType=QualType()); |
| 3609 | /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an |
| 3610 | /// implementation. |
| 3611 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); |
| 3612 | |
| 3613 | /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require |
| 3614 | /// initialization. |
| 3615 | void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, |
| 3616 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); |
| 3617 | |
| 3618 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 3619 | // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. |
| 3620 | public: |
| 3621 | class FullExprArg { |
| 3622 | public: |
| 3623 | FullExprArg() : E(nullptr) { } |
| 3624 | FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { } |
| 3625 | |
| 3626 | ExprResult release() { |
| 3627 | return E; |
| 3628 | } |
| 3629 | |
| 3630 | Expr *get() const { return E; } |
| 3631 | |
| 3632 | Expr *operator->() { |
| 3633 | return E; |
| 3634 | } |
| 3635 | |
| 3636 | private: |
| 3637 | // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just |
| 3638 | // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. |
| 3639 | friend class Sema; |
| 3640 | |
| 3641 | explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} |
| 3642 | |
| 3643 | Expr *E; |
| 3644 | }; |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 | FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { |
| 3647 | return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); |
| 3648 | } |
| 3649 | FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { |
| 3650 | return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).get()); |
| 3651 | } |
| 3652 | FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { |
| 3653 | ExprResult FE = |
| 3654 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), |
| 3655 | /*DiscardedValue*/ true); |
| 3656 | return FullExprArg(FE.get()); |
| 3657 | } |
| 3658 | |
| 3659 | StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); |
| 3660 | StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); |
| 3661 | |
| 3662 | StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, |
| 3663 | bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); |
| 3664 | |
| 3665 | void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(bool IsStmtExpr); |
| 3666 | void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); |
| 3667 | StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, |
| 3668 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr); |
| 3669 | |
| 3670 | /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. |
| 3671 | class CompoundScopeRAII { |
| 3672 | public: |
| 3673 | CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S, bool IsStmtExpr = false) : S(S) { |
| 3674 | S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(IsStmtExpr); |
| 3675 | } |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 | ~CompoundScopeRAII() { |
| 3678 | S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); |
| 3679 | } |
| 3680 | |
| 3681 | private: |
| 3682 | Sema &S; |
| 3683 | }; |
| 3684 | |
| 3685 | /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit. |
| 3686 | struct FunctionScopeRAII { |
| 3687 | Sema &S; |
| 3688 | bool Active; |
| 3689 | FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {} |
| 3690 | ~FunctionScopeRAII() { |
| 3691 | if (Active) |
| 3692 | S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); |
| 3693 | } |
| 3694 | void disable() { Active = false; } |
| 3695 | }; |
| 3696 | |
| 3697 | StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, |
| 3698 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 3699 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 3700 | void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); |
| 3701 | StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); |
| 3702 | StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, |
| 3703 | SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, |
| 3704 | SourceLocation ColonLoc); |
| 3705 | void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); |
| 3706 | |
| 3707 | StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
| 3708 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 3709 | Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); |
| 3710 | StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, |
| 3711 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); |
| 3712 | |
| 3713 | StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, |
| 3714 | ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, |
| 3715 | Stmt *SubStmt); |
| 3716 | |
| 3717 | class ConditionResult; |
| 3718 | StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr, |
| 3719 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
| 3720 | ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal, |
| 3721 | SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); |
| 3722 | StmtResult BuildIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr, |
| 3723 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
| 3724 | ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal, |
| 3725 | SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); |
| 3726 | StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, |
| 3727 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
| 3728 | ConditionResult Cond); |
| 3729 | StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, |
| 3730 | Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); |
| 3731 | StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, ConditionResult Cond, |
| 3732 | Stmt *Body); |
| 3733 | StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, |
| 3734 | SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation CondLParen, |
| 3735 | Expr *Cond, SourceLocation CondRParen); |
| 3736 | |
| 3737 | StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, |
| 3738 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 3739 | Stmt *First, |
| 3740 | ConditionResult Second, |
| 3741 | FullExprArg Third, |
| 3742 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 3743 | Stmt *Body); |
| 3744 | ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, |
| 3745 | Expr *collection); |
| 3746 | StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, |
| 3747 | Stmt *First, Expr *collection, |
| 3748 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 3749 | StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); |
| 3750 | |
| 3751 | enum BuildForRangeKind { |
| 3752 | /// Initial building of a for-range statement. |
| 3753 | BFRK_Build, |
| 3754 | /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't |
| 3755 | /// attempt any typo-correction. |
| 3756 | BFRK_Rebuild, |
| 3757 | /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any |
| 3758 | /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. |
| 3759 | BFRK_Check |
| 3760 | }; |
| 3761 | |
| 3762 | StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc, |
| 3763 | SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, |
| 3764 | Stmt *LoopVar, |
| 3765 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, |
| 3766 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 3767 | BuildForRangeKind Kind); |
| 3768 | StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, |
| 3769 | SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, |
| 3770 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 3771 | Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *Begin, Stmt *End, |
| 3772 | Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, |
| 3773 | Stmt *LoopVarDecl, |
| 3774 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 3775 | BuildForRangeKind Kind); |
| 3776 | StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); |
| 3777 | |
| 3778 | StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, |
| 3779 | SourceLocation LabelLoc, |
| 3780 | LabelDecl *TheDecl); |
| 3781 | StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, |
| 3782 | SourceLocation StarLoc, |
| 3783 | Expr *DestExp); |
| 3784 | StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
| 3785 | StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
| 3786 | |
| 3787 | void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, |
| 3788 | CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); |
| 3789 | typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType; |
| 3790 | void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, |
| 3791 | CapturedRegionKind Kind, |
| 3792 | ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params); |
| 3793 | StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); |
| 3794 | void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); |
| 3795 | RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, |
| 3796 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 3797 | unsigned NumParams); |
| 3798 | |
| 3799 | enum CopyElisionSemanticsKind { |
| 3800 | CES_Strict = 0, |
| 3801 | CES_AllowParameters = 1, |
| 3802 | CES_AllowDifferentTypes = 2, |
| 3803 | CES_Default = (CES_AllowParameters | CES_AllowDifferentTypes), |
| 3804 | }; |
| 3805 | |
| 3806 | VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, |
| 3807 | CopyElisionSemanticsKind CESK); |
| 3808 | bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD, |
| 3809 | CopyElisionSemanticsKind CESK); |
| 3810 | |
| 3811 | StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp, |
| 3812 | Scope *CurScope); |
| 3813 | StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); |
| 3814 | StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); |
| 3815 | |
| 3816 | StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, |
| 3817 | bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, |
| 3818 | unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, |
| 3819 | MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, |
| 3820 | Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, |
| 3821 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 3822 | |
| 3823 | void FillInlineAsmIdentifierInfo(Expr *Res, |
| 3824 | llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info); |
| 3825 | ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 3826 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 3827 | UnqualifiedId &Id, |
| 3828 | bool IsUnevaluatedContext); |
| 3829 | bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, |
| 3830 | unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); |
| 3831 | ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member, |
| 3832 | SourceLocation AsmLoc); |
| 3833 | StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
| 3834 | ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, |
| 3835 | StringRef AsmString, |
| 3836 | unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, |
| 3837 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, |
| 3838 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, |
| 3839 | ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, |
| 3840 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 3841 | LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName, |
| 3842 | SourceLocation Location, |
| 3843 | bool AlwaysCreate); |
| 3844 | |
| 3845 | VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, |
| 3846 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 3847 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 3848 | bool Invalid = false); |
| 3849 | |
| 3850 | Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 3851 | |
| 3852 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, |
| 3853 | Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); |
| 3854 | |
| 3855 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); |
| 3856 | |
| 3857 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, |
| 3858 | MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); |
| 3859 | |
| 3860 | StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); |
| 3861 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, |
| 3862 | Scope *CurScope); |
| 3863 | ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, |
| 3864 | Expr *operand); |
| 3865 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
| 3866 | Expr *SynchExpr, |
| 3867 | Stmt *SynchBody); |
| 3868 | |
| 3869 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); |
| 3870 | |
| 3871 | VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 3872 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 3873 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 3874 | IdentifierInfo *Id); |
| 3875 | |
| 3876 | Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 3877 | |
| 3878 | StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, |
| 3879 | Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); |
| 3880 | StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, |
| 3881 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers); |
| 3882 | |
| 3883 | StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? |
| 3884 | SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, |
| 3885 | Stmt *Handler); |
| 3886 | StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 3887 | Expr *FilterExpr, |
| 3888 | Stmt *Block); |
| 3889 | void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock(); |
| 3890 | void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock(); |
| 3891 | StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block); |
| 3892 | StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope); |
| 3893 | |
| 3894 | void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); |
| 3895 | |
| 3896 | bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; |
| 3897 | |
| 3898 | /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track |
| 3899 | /// of it. |
| 3900 | void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); |
| 3901 | |
| 3902 | /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression |
| 3903 | /// whose result is unused, warn. |
| 3904 | void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); |
| 3905 | void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D); |
| 3906 | void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); |
| 3907 | |
| 3908 | /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null |
| 3909 | /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. |
| 3910 | /// |
| 3911 | /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: |
| 3912 | /// if (condition); |
| 3913 | /// do_stuff(); |
| 3914 | void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
| 3915 | const Stmt *Body, |
| 3916 | unsigned DiagID); |
| 3917 | |
| 3918 | /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by |
| 3919 | /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. |
| 3920 | void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, |
| 3921 | const Stmt *PossibleBody); |
| 3922 | |
| 3923 | /// Warn if a value is moved to itself. |
| 3924 | void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr, |
| 3925 | SourceLocation OpLoc); |
| 3926 | |
| 3927 | /// \brief Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a |
| 3928 | /// _Nonnull one. |
| 3929 | void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
| 3930 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 3931 | |
| 3932 | /// Warn when implicitly casting 0 to nullptr. |
| 3933 | void diagnoseZeroToNullptrConversion(CastKind Kind, const Expr *E); |
| 3934 | |
| 3935 | ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { |
| 3936 | return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); |
| 3937 | } |
| 3938 | void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 | typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; |
| 3941 | ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { |
| 3942 | return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); |
| 3943 | } |
| 3944 | void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { |
| 3945 | DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); |
| 3946 | } |
| 3947 | |
| 3948 | void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); |
| 3949 | |
| 3950 | void DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, |
| 3951 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, |
| 3952 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess, |
| 3953 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false); |
| 3954 | |
| 3955 | bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, |
| 3956 | UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason); |
| 3957 | |
| 3958 | /// \brief Issue any -Wunguarded-availability warnings in \c FD |
| 3959 | void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(Decl *FD); |
| 3960 | |
| 3961 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 3962 | // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. |
| 3963 | |
| 3964 | bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); |
| 3965 | bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, |
| 3966 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass = nullptr, |
| 3967 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess = false, |
| 3968 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false); |
| 3969 | void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 3970 | void NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
| 3971 | std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 3972 | bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, |
| 3973 | ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, |
| 3974 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 3975 | void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 3976 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); |
| 3977 | |
| 3978 | void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
| 3979 | Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr, |
| 3980 | bool IsDecltype = false); |
| 3981 | enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; |
| 3982 | void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
| 3983 | ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, |
| 3984 | bool IsDecltype = false); |
| 3985 | void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
| 3986 | |
| 3987 | void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); |
| 3988 | |
| 3989 | ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); |
| 3990 | ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); |
| 3991 | |
| 3992 | ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); |
| 3993 | |
| 3994 | // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also |
| 3995 | // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or |
| 3996 | // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants |
| 3997 | // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking |
| 3998 | // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the |
| 3999 | // named expressions. |
| 4000 | // |
| 4001 | // MightBeOdrUse indicates whether the use could possibly be an odr-use, and |
| 4002 | // should usually be true. This only needs to be set to false if the lack of |
| 4003 | // odr-use cannot be determined from the current context (for instance, |
| 4004 | // because the name denotes a virtual function and was written without an |
| 4005 | // explicit nested-name-specifier). |
| 4006 | void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool MightBeOdrUse); |
| 4007 | void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func, |
| 4008 | bool MightBeOdrUse = true); |
| 4009 | void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); |
| 4010 | void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base = nullptr); |
| 4011 | void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); |
| 4012 | |
| 4013 | void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); |
| 4014 | void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); |
| 4015 | |
| 4016 | enum TryCaptureKind { |
| 4017 | TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef |
| 4018 | }; |
| 4019 | |
| 4020 | /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. |
| 4021 | /// |
| 4022 | /// \param Var The variable to capture. |
| 4023 | /// |
| 4024 | /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. |
| 4025 | /// |
| 4026 | /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a |
| 4027 | /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). |
| 4028 | /// |
| 4029 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in |
| 4030 | /// an explicit lambda capture. |
| 4031 | /// |
| 4032 | /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the |
| 4033 | /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether |
| 4034 | /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining |
| 4035 | /// if the variable cannot be captured. |
| 4036 | /// |
| 4037 | /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture |
| 4038 | /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the |
| 4039 | /// variable can be captured. |
| 4040 | /// |
| 4041 | /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture |
| 4042 | /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be |
| 4043 | /// captured. |
| 4044 | /// |
| 4045 | /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index |
| 4046 | /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. |
| 4047 | /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture |
| 4048 | /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of |
| 4049 | /// a nested generic lambda. |
| 4050 | /// |
| 4051 | /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be |
| 4052 | /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. |
| 4053 | bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, |
| 4054 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, |
| 4055 | QualType &CaptureType, |
| 4056 | QualType &DeclRefType, |
| 4057 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt); |
| 4058 | |
| 4059 | /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. |
| 4060 | bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4061 | TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, |
| 4062 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); |
| 4063 | |
| 4064 | /// \brief Checks if the variable must be captured. |
| 4065 | bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4066 | |
| 4067 | /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that |
| 4068 | /// variable will have in the given scope. |
| 4069 | QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4070 | |
| 4071 | /// Mark all of the declarations referenced within a particular AST node as |
| 4072 | /// referenced. Used when template instantiation instantiates a non-dependent |
| 4073 | /// type -- entities referenced by the type are now referenced. |
| 4074 | void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
| 4075 | void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, |
| 4076 | bool SkipLocalVariables = false); |
| 4077 | |
| 4078 | /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a |
| 4079 | /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was |
| 4080 | /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. |
| 4081 | bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
| 4082 | bool ForceComplain = false, |
| 4083 | bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr); |
| 4084 | |
| 4085 | /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. |
| 4086 | bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, |
| 4087 | UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); |
| 4088 | |
| 4089 | /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current |
| 4090 | /// evaluation context. |
| 4091 | /// |
| 4092 | /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the |
| 4093 | /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic |
| 4094 | /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. |
| 4095 | /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. |
| 4096 | bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, |
| 4097 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD); |
| 4098 | |
| 4099 | // Primary Expressions. |
| 4100 | SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; |
| 4101 | |
| 4102 | ExprResult ActOnIdExpression( |
| 4103 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 4104 | UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, |
| 4105 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr, |
| 4106 | bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr); |
| 4107 | |
| 4108 | void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, |
| 4109 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, |
| 4110 | DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 4111 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); |
| 4112 | |
| 4113 | bool |
| 4114 | DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, |
| 4115 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, |
| 4116 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr, |
| 4117 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr); |
| 4118 | |
| 4119 | ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, |
| 4120 | IdentifierInfo *II, |
| 4121 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); |
| 4122 | |
| 4123 | ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4124 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 4125 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 4126 | bool isAddressOfOperand, |
| 4127 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
| 4128 | |
| 4129 | ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, |
| 4130 | ExprValueKind VK, |
| 4131 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4132 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); |
| 4133 | ExprResult |
| 4134 | BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
| 4135 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 4136 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr, |
| 4137 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
| 4138 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
| 4139 | ExprResult |
| 4140 | BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( |
| 4141 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4142 | SourceLocation nameLoc, |
| 4143 | IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, |
| 4144 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none), |
| 4145 | Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr, |
| 4146 | SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); |
| 4147 | |
| 4148 | ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4149 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 4150 | LookupResult &R, |
| 4151 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
| 4152 | const Scope *S); |
| 4153 | ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4154 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 4155 | LookupResult &R, |
| 4156 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
| 4157 | bool IsDefiniteInstance, |
| 4158 | const Scope *S); |
| 4159 | bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4160 | const LookupResult &R, |
| 4161 | bool HasTrailingLParen); |
| 4162 | |
| 4163 | ExprResult |
| 4164 | BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4165 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 4166 | bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S, |
| 4167 | TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr); |
| 4168 | |
| 4169 | ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4170 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 4171 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 4172 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
| 4173 | |
| 4174 | ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4175 | LookupResult &R, |
| 4176 | bool NeedsADL, |
| 4177 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false); |
| 4178 | ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr( |
| 4179 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D, |
| 4180 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
| 4181 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr, |
| 4182 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false); |
| 4183 | |
| 4184 | ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, |
| 4185 | DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, |
| 4186 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 4187 | SourceLocation LitEndLoc, |
| 4188 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr); |
| 4189 | |
| 4190 | ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4191 | PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT); |
| 4192 | ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
| 4193 | ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); |
| 4194 | |
| 4195 | bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4196 | |
| 4197 | ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
| 4198 | ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, |
| 4199 | Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
| 4200 | ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); |
| 4201 | ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, |
| 4202 | SourceLocation R, |
| 4203 | MultiExprArg Val); |
| 4204 | |
| 4205 | /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string |
| 4206 | /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). |
| 4207 | ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks, |
| 4208 | Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
| 4209 | |
| 4210 | ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
| 4211 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
| 4212 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 4213 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
| 4214 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, |
| 4215 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); |
| 4216 | ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
| 4217 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
| 4218 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 4219 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
| 4220 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, |
| 4221 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); |
| 4222 | |
| 4223 | // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. |
| 4224 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, |
| 4225 | Expr *InputExpr); |
| 4226 | ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 4227 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); |
| 4228 | ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 4229 | tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); |
| 4230 | |
| 4231 | QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc); |
| 4232 | |
| 4233 | ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 4234 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 4235 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
| 4236 | SourceRange R); |
| 4237 | ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 4238 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
| 4239 | ExprResult |
| 4240 | ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 4241 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
| 4242 | bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, |
| 4243 | SourceRange ArgRange); |
| 4244 | |
| 4245 | ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); |
| 4246 | bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); |
| 4247 | |
| 4248 | bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
| 4249 | bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 4250 | SourceRange ExprRange, |
| 4251 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
| 4252 | ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, |
| 4253 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 4254 | IdentifierInfo &Name, |
| 4255 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 4256 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 4257 | ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 4258 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); |
| 4259 | |
| 4260 | ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
| 4261 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); |
| 4262 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
| 4263 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); |
| 4264 | ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc, |
| 4265 | Expr *LowerBound, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 4266 | Expr *Length, SourceLocation RBLoc); |
| 4267 | |
| 4268 | // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow |
| 4269 | // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after |
| 4270 | // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the |
| 4271 | // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class |
| 4272 | // defines a custom operator->). |
| 4273 | struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { |
| 4274 | Scope *S; |
| 4275 | UnqualifiedId &Id; |
| 4276 | Decl *ObjCImpDecl; |
| 4277 | }; |
| 4278 | |
| 4279 | ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr( |
| 4280 | Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
| 4281 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 4282 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 4283 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
| 4284 | const Scope *S, |
| 4285 | ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr); |
| 4286 | |
| 4287 | ExprResult |
| 4288 | BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 4289 | bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4290 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 4291 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R, |
| 4292 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
| 4293 | const Scope *S, |
| 4294 | bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, |
| 4295 | ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr); |
| 4296 | |
| 4297 | ExprResult BuildFieldReferenceExpr(Expr *BaseExpr, bool IsArrow, |
| 4298 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 4299 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, FieldDecl *Field, |
| 4300 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 4301 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo); |
| 4302 | |
| 4303 | ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); |
| 4304 | |
| 4305 | bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, |
| 4306 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4307 | const LookupResult &R); |
| 4308 | |
| 4309 | ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, |
| 4310 | bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 4311 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4312 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 4313 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, |
| 4314 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 4315 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
| 4316 | |
| 4317 | ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
| 4318 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 4319 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
| 4320 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4321 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 4322 | UnqualifiedId &Member, |
| 4323 | Decl *ObjCImpDecl); |
| 4324 | |
| 4325 | void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); |
| 4326 | bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, |
| 4327 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
| 4328 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
| 4329 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 4330 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 4331 | bool ExecConfig = false); |
| 4332 | void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
| 4333 | ParmVarDecl *Param, |
| 4334 | const Expr *ArgExpr); |
| 4335 | |
| 4336 | /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. |
| 4337 | /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma |
| 4338 | /// locations. |
| 4339 | ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 4340 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 4341 | Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr, |
| 4342 | bool IsExecConfig = false); |
| 4343 | ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, |
| 4344 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 4345 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, |
| 4346 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 4347 | Expr *Config = nullptr, |
| 4348 | bool IsExecConfig = false); |
| 4349 | |
| 4350 | ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, |
| 4351 | MultiExprArg ExecConfig, |
| 4352 | SourceLocation GGGLoc); |
| 4353 | |
| 4354 | ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 4355 | Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, |
| 4356 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); |
| 4357 | ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 4358 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty, |
| 4359 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 4360 | Expr *Op); |
| 4361 | CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 | /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. |
| 4364 | ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 4365 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, |
| 4366 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
| 4367 | |
| 4368 | ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); |
| 4369 | |
| 4370 | ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 4371 | ParsedType Ty, |
| 4372 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 4373 | Expr *InitExpr); |
| 4374 | |
| 4375 | ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 4376 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 4377 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 4378 | Expr *LiteralExpr); |
| 4379 | |
| 4380 | ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
| 4381 | MultiExprArg InitArgList, |
| 4382 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
| 4383 | |
| 4384 | ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, |
| 4385 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4386 | bool GNUSyntax, |
| 4387 | ExprResult Init); |
| 4388 | |
| 4389 | private: |
| 4390 | static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind); |
| 4391 | |
| 4392 | public: |
| 4393 | ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, |
| 4394 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
| 4395 | ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 4396 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
| 4397 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
| 4398 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
| 4399 | |
| 4400 | void DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4401 | |
| 4402 | /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null |
| 4403 | /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. |
| 4404 | ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, |
| 4405 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 4406 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
| 4407 | |
| 4408 | /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". |
| 4409 | ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, |
| 4410 | LabelDecl *TheDecl); |
| 4411 | |
| 4412 | void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); |
| 4413 | ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, |
| 4414 | SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" |
| 4415 | void ActOnStmtExprError(); |
| 4416 | |
| 4417 | // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) |
| 4418 | struct OffsetOfComponent { |
| 4419 | SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; |
| 4420 | bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident |
| 4421 | union { |
| 4422 | IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; |
| 4423 | Expr *E; |
| 4424 | } U; |
| 4425 | }; |
| 4426 | |
| 4427 | /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) |
| 4428 | ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 4429 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 4430 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
| 4431 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 4432 | ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, |
| 4433 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 4434 | SourceLocation TypeLoc, |
| 4435 | ParsedType ParsedArgTy, |
| 4436 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
| 4437 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 4438 | |
| 4439 | // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) |
| 4440 | ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 4441 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, |
| 4442 | Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); |
| 4443 | |
| 4444 | // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) |
| 4445 | ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, |
| 4446 | SourceLocation RPLoc); |
| 4447 | ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, |
| 4448 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 | // __null |
| 4451 | ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); |
| 4452 | |
| 4453 | bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); |
| 4454 | |
| 4455 | /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. |
| 4456 | enum IfExistsResult { |
| 4457 | /// \brief The symbol exists. |
| 4458 | IER_Exists, |
| 4459 | |
| 4460 | /// \brief The symbol does not exist. |
| 4461 | IER_DoesNotExist, |
| 4462 | |
| 4463 | /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ |
| 4464 | /// from one instantiation to the next. |
| 4465 | IER_Dependent, |
| 4466 | |
| 4467 | /// \brief An error occurred. |
| 4468 | IER_Error |
| 4469 | }; |
| 4470 | |
| 4471 | IfExistsResult |
| 4472 | CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4473 | const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); |
| 4474 | |
| 4475 | IfExistsResult |
| 4476 | CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
| 4477 | bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4478 | UnqualifiedId &Name); |
| 4479 | |
| 4480 | StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
| 4481 | bool IsIfExists, |
| 4482 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
| 4483 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, |
| 4484 | Stmt *Nested); |
| 4485 | StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
| 4486 | bool IsIfExists, |
| 4487 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, |
| 4488 | Stmt *Nested); |
| 4489 | |
| 4490 | //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// |
| 4491 | |
| 4492 | /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is |
| 4493 | /// started. |
| 4494 | void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
| 4495 | |
| 4496 | /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. |
| 4497 | /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. |
| 4498 | void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, |
| 4499 | Scope *CurScope); |
| 4500 | |
| 4501 | /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback |
| 4502 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. |
| 4503 | void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
| 4504 | |
| 4505 | /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement |
| 4506 | /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} |
| 4507 | ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, |
| 4508 | Scope *CurScope); |
| 4509 | |
| 4510 | //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===// |
| 4511 | |
| 4512 | /// __builtin_convertvector(...) |
| 4513 | ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
| 4514 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 4515 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 4516 | |
| 4517 | //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// |
| 4518 | |
| 4519 | /// __builtin_astype(...) |
| 4520 | ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
| 4521 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 4522 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 4523 | |
| 4524 | //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// |
| 4525 | |
| 4526 | // Act on C++ namespaces |
| 4527 | Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, |
| 4528 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
| 4529 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
| 4530 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
| 4531 | SourceLocation LBrace, |
| 4532 | AttributeList *AttrList, |
| 4533 | UsingDirectiveDecl * &UsingDecl); |
| 4534 | void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); |
| 4535 | |
| 4536 | NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; |
| 4537 | NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); |
| 4538 | |
| 4539 | NamespaceDecl *lookupStdExperimentalNamespace(); |
| 4540 | |
| 4541 | CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; |
| 4542 | EnumDecl *getStdAlignValT() const; |
| 4543 | |
| 4544 | /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if |
| 4545 | /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. |
| 4546 | bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 | /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it |
| 4549 | /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. |
| 4550 | /// |
| 4551 | /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. |
| 4552 | QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4553 | |
| 4554 | /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as |
| 4555 | /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. |
| 4556 | bool isInitListConstructor(const FunctionDecl *Ctor); |
| 4557 | |
| 4558 | Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, |
| 4559 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
| 4560 | SourceLocation NamespcLoc, |
| 4561 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4562 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
| 4563 | IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, |
| 4564 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
| 4565 | |
| 4566 | void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); |
| 4567 | |
| 4568 | Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, |
| 4569 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
| 4570 | SourceLocation AliasLoc, |
| 4571 | IdentifierInfo *Alias, |
| 4572 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4573 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
| 4574 | IdentifierInfo *Ident); |
| 4575 | |
| 4576 | void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); |
| 4577 | bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, |
| 4578 | const LookupResult &PreviousDecls, |
| 4579 | UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow); |
| 4580 | UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, |
| 4581 | NamedDecl *Target, |
| 4582 | UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl); |
| 4583 | |
| 4584 | bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
| 4585 | bool HasTypenameKeyword, |
| 4586 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4587 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 4588 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
| 4589 | bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
| 4590 | bool HasTypename, |
| 4591 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4592 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 4593 | SourceLocation NameLoc); |
| 4594 | |
| 4595 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, |
| 4596 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
| 4597 | bool HasTypenameKeyword, |
| 4598 | SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
| 4599 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4600 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, |
| 4601 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 4602 | AttributeList *AttrList, |
| 4603 | bool IsInstantiation); |
| 4604 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingPackDecl(NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom, |
| 4605 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Expansions); |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 | bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); |
| 4608 | |
| 4609 | /// Given a derived-class using shadow declaration for a constructor and the |
| 4610 | /// correspnding base class constructor, find or create the implicit |
| 4611 | /// synthesized derived class constructor to use for this initialization. |
| 4612 | CXXConstructorDecl * |
| 4613 | findInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor, |
| 4614 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *DerivedShadow); |
| 4615 | |
| 4616 | Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, |
| 4617 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
| 4618 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
| 4619 | SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
| 4620 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4621 | UnqualifiedId &Name, |
| 4622 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 4623 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
| 4624 | Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, |
| 4625 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
| 4626 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, |
| 4627 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
| 4628 | UnqualifiedId &Name, |
| 4629 | AttributeList *AttrList, |
| 4630 | TypeResult Type, |
| 4631 | Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec); |
| 4632 | |
| 4633 | /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, |
| 4634 | /// including handling of its default argument expressions. |
| 4635 | /// |
| 4636 | /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind |
| 4637 | ExprResult |
| 4638 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
| 4639 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
| 4640 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, |
| 4641 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, |
| 4642 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, |
| 4643 | bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, |
| 4644 | SourceRange ParenRange); |
| 4645 | |
| 4646 | /// Build a CXXConstructExpr whose constructor has already been resolved if |
| 4647 | /// it denotes an inherited constructor. |
| 4648 | ExprResult |
| 4649 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
| 4650 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, |
| 4651 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
| 4652 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, |
| 4653 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, |
| 4654 | bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, |
| 4655 | SourceRange ParenRange); |
| 4656 | |
| 4657 | // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if |
| 4658 | // the constructor can be elidable? |
| 4659 | ExprResult |
| 4660 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
| 4661 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
| 4662 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, |
| 4663 | MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, |
| 4664 | bool IsListInitialization, |
| 4665 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, |
| 4666 | unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); |
| 4667 | |
| 4668 | ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field); |
| 4669 | |
| 4670 | |
| 4671 | /// Instantiate or parse a C++ default argument expression as necessary. |
| 4672 | /// Return true on error. |
| 4673 | bool CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 4674 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
| 4675 | |
| 4676 | /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating |
| 4677 | /// the default expr if needed. |
| 4678 | ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
| 4679 | FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 4680 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
| 4681 | |
| 4682 | /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the |
| 4683 | /// constructed variable. |
| 4684 | void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); |
| 4685 | |
| 4686 | /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for |
| 4687 | /// implicitly-declared special member functions. |
| 4688 | class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { |
| 4689 | // Pointer to allow copying |
| 4690 | Sema *Self; |
| 4691 | // We order exception specifications thus: |
| 4692 | // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. |
| 4693 | // throw() comes next. |
| 4694 | // Then a throw(collected exceptions) |
| 4695 | // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). |
| 4696 | // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. |
| 4697 | ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; |
| 4698 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; |
| 4699 | SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; |
| 4700 | |
| 4701 | void ClearExceptions() { |
| 4702 | ExceptionsSeen.clear(); |
| 4703 | Exceptions.clear(); |
| 4704 | } |
| 4705 | |
| 4706 | public: |
| 4707 | explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) |
| 4708 | : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { |
| 4709 | if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
| 4710 | ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; |
| 4711 | } |
| 4712 | |
| 4713 | /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. |
| 4714 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
| 4715 | assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&(static_cast <bool> (ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && \"noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 4716, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 4716 | "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result")(static_cast <bool> (ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && \"noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 4716, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 4717 | return ComputedEST; |
| 4718 | } |
| 4719 | |
| 4720 | /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. |
| 4721 | unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } |
| 4722 | |
| 4723 | /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. |
| 4724 | const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } |
| 4725 | |
| 4726 | /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. |
| 4727 | void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
| 4728 | |
| 4729 | /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. |
| 4730 | void CalledExpr(Expr *E); |
| 4731 | |
| 4732 | /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this |
| 4733 | /// computed exception specification. |
| 4734 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const { |
| 4735 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI; |
| 4736 | ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
| 4737 | if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
| 4738 | ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions; |
| 4739 | } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) { |
| 4740 | /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: |
| 4741 | /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of |
| 4742 | /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" |
| 4743 | ESI.Type = EST_ComputedNoexcept; |
| 4744 | ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), |
| 4745 | tok::kw_false).get(); |
| 4746 | } |
| 4747 | return ESI; |
| 4748 | } |
| 4749 | }; |
| 4750 | |
| 4751 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted |
| 4752 | /// copy constructor of a class will have. |
| 4753 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
| 4754 | ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4755 | CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
| 4756 | |
| 4757 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted |
| 4758 | /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter |
| 4759 | /// will be const. |
| 4760 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
| 4761 | ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
| 4762 | |
| 4763 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled |
| 4764 | /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the |
| 4765 | /// parameter will be const. |
| 4766 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
| 4767 | ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
| 4768 | |
| 4769 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move |
| 4770 | /// constructor of a class will have. |
| 4771 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
| 4772 | ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
| 4773 | |
| 4774 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move |
| 4775 | /// assignment operator of a class will have. |
| 4776 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
| 4777 | ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
| 4778 | |
| 4779 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted |
| 4780 | /// destructor of a class will have. |
| 4781 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
| 4782 | ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
| 4783 | |
| 4784 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting |
| 4785 | /// constructor of a class will have. |
| 4786 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
| 4787 | ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4788 | CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
| 4789 | |
| 4790 | /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted |
| 4791 | /// special member function. |
| 4792 | void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
| 4793 | |
| 4794 | /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the |
| 4795 | /// exception specification information with the results. |
| 4796 | void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel, |
| 4797 | ExceptionSpecificationType EST, |
| 4798 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, |
| 4799 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, |
| 4800 | Expr *NoexceptExpr, |
| 4801 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, |
| 4802 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI); |
| 4803 | |
| 4804 | /// \brief Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly |
| 4805 | /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug. |
| 4806 | bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D); |
| 4807 | |
| 4808 | /// \brief Add an exception-specification to the given member function |
| 4809 | /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed |
| 4810 | /// after the method itself was declared. |
| 4811 | void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method, |
| 4812 | ExceptionSpecificationType EST, |
| 4813 | SourceRange SpecificationRange, |
| 4814 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, |
| 4815 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, |
| 4816 | Expr *NoexceptExpr); |
| 4817 | |
| 4818 | class InheritedConstructorInfo; |
| 4819 | |
| 4820 | /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted |
| 4821 | /// definition when it is defaulted. |
| 4822 | bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
| 4823 | InheritedConstructorInfo *ICI = nullptr, |
| 4824 | bool Diagnose = false); |
| 4825 | |
| 4826 | /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. |
| 4827 | /// |
| 4828 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
| 4829 | /// default constructor will be added. |
| 4830 | /// |
| 4831 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. |
| 4832 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( |
| 4833 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 4834 | |
| 4835 | /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
| 4836 | /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. |
| 4837 | void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
| 4838 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
| 4839 | |
| 4840 | /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. |
| 4841 | /// |
| 4842 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
| 4843 | /// destructor will be added. |
| 4844 | /// |
| 4845 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. |
| 4846 | CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 4847 | |
| 4848 | /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of |
| 4849 | /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. |
| 4850 | void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
| 4851 | CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
| 4852 | |
| 4853 | /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. |
| 4854 | /// |
| 4855 | /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one |
| 4856 | /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. |
| 4857 | void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
| 4858 | CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
| 4859 | |
| 4860 | /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. |
| 4861 | void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
| 4862 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
| 4863 | |
| 4864 | /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. |
| 4865 | /// |
| 4866 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
| 4867 | /// copy constructor will be added. |
| 4868 | /// |
| 4869 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. |
| 4870 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 4871 | |
| 4872 | /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
| 4873 | /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. |
| 4874 | void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
| 4875 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
| 4876 | |
| 4877 | /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. |
| 4878 | /// |
| 4879 | /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit |
| 4880 | /// move constructor will be added. |
| 4881 | /// |
| 4882 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't |
| 4883 | /// declared. |
| 4884 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 4885 | |
| 4886 | /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
| 4887 | /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. |
| 4888 | void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
| 4889 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
| 4890 | |
| 4891 | /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. |
| 4892 | /// |
| 4893 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
| 4894 | /// copy assignment operator will be added. |
| 4895 | /// |
| 4896 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. |
| 4897 | CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 4898 | |
| 4899 | /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. |
| 4900 | void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
| 4901 | CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); |
| 4902 | |
| 4903 | /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. |
| 4904 | /// |
| 4905 | /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit |
| 4906 | /// move assignment operator will be added. |
| 4907 | /// |
| 4908 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it |
| 4909 | /// wasn't declared. |
| 4910 | CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 4911 | |
| 4912 | /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. |
| 4913 | void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
| 4914 | CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); |
| 4915 | |
| 4916 | /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this |
| 4917 | /// class. |
| 4918 | void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
| 4919 | |
| 4920 | /// \brief Check a completed declaration of an implicit special member. |
| 4921 | void CheckImplicitSpecialMemberDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 | /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted |
| 4924 | /// special member function. |
| 4925 | bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 4926 | |
| 4927 | /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member |
| 4928 | /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. |
| 4929 | /// |
| 4930 | /// \returns true if an error occurred. |
| 4931 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
| 4932 | |
| 4933 | /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static |
| 4934 | /// member function. |
| 4935 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
| 4936 | |
| 4937 | /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given |
| 4938 | /// static member function. |
| 4939 | /// |
| 4940 | /// \returns true if an error occurred. |
| 4941 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
| 4942 | |
| 4943 | /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with |
| 4944 | /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise |
| 4945 | /// it simply returns the passed in expression. |
| 4946 | ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); |
| 4947 | |
| 4948 | bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, |
| 4949 | MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, |
| 4950 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4951 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, |
| 4952 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
| 4953 | bool IsListInitialization = false); |
| 4954 | |
| 4955 | ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4956 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 4957 | IdentifierInfo &Name); |
| 4958 | |
| 4959 | ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
| 4960 | IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 4961 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4962 | ParsedType ObjectType, |
| 4963 | bool EnteringContext); |
| 4964 | |
| 4965 | ParsedType getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS, |
| 4966 | ParsedType ObjectType); |
| 4967 | |
| 4968 | // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. |
| 4969 | void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, |
| 4970 | bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); |
| 4971 | |
| 4972 | /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. |
| 4973 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 4974 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
| 4975 | SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, |
| 4976 | Declarator &D, |
| 4977 | SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, |
| 4978 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 4979 | Expr *E, |
| 4980 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 4981 | |
| 4982 | ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 4983 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
| 4984 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty, |
| 4985 | Expr *E, |
| 4986 | SourceRange AngleBrackets, |
| 4987 | SourceRange Parens); |
| 4988 | |
| 4989 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, |
| 4990 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
| 4991 | TypeSourceInfo *Operand, |
| 4992 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 4993 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, |
| 4994 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
| 4995 | Expr *Operand, |
| 4996 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 4997 | |
| 4998 | /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). |
| 4999 | ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5000 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, |
| 5001 | void *TyOrExpr, |
| 5002 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 5003 | |
| 5004 | ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, |
| 5005 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
| 5006 | TypeSourceInfo *Operand, |
| 5007 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 5008 | ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, |
| 5009 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
| 5010 | Expr *Operand, |
| 5011 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 5012 | |
| 5013 | /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). |
| 5014 | ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5015 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, |
| 5016 | void *TyOrExpr, |
| 5017 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 5018 | |
| 5019 | /// \brief Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ). |
| 5020 | ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, |
| 5021 | tok::TokenKind Operator, |
| 5022 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, |
| 5023 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 5024 | ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, |
| 5025 | BinaryOperatorKind Operator, |
| 5026 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, |
| 5027 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 5028 | ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 5029 | BinaryOperatorKind Operator); |
| 5030 | |
| 5031 | //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. |
| 5032 | ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); |
| 5033 | |
| 5034 | /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. |
| 5035 | /// |
| 5036 | /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. |
| 5037 | QualType getCurrentThisType(); |
| 5038 | |
| 5039 | /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the |
| 5040 | /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, |
| 5041 | /// this provides the type used for 'this'. |
| 5042 | QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; |
| 5043 | |
| 5044 | /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression |
| 5045 | /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. |
| 5046 | class CXXThisScopeRAII { |
| 5047 | Sema &S; |
| 5048 | QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; |
| 5049 | bool Enabled; |
| 5050 | |
| 5051 | public: |
| 5052 | /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), |
| 5053 | /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a |
| 5054 | /// class) along with the given qualifiers. |
| 5055 | /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. |
| 5056 | CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, |
| 5057 | bool Enabled = true); |
| 5058 | |
| 5059 | ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); |
| 5060 | }; |
| 5061 | |
| 5062 | /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current |
| 5063 | /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. |
| 5064 | /// |
| 5065 | /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. |
| 5066 | /// |
| 5067 | /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda |
| 5068 | /// capture list. |
| 5069 | /// |
| 5070 | /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index |
| 5071 | /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. |
| 5072 | /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture |
| 5073 | /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of |
| 5074 | /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to |
| 5075 | /// a non-static member function or a static function). |
| 5076 | /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success. |
| 5077 | bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false, |
| 5078 | bool BuildAndDiagnose = true, |
| 5079 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr, |
| 5080 | bool ByCopy = false); |
| 5081 | |
| 5082 | /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used |
| 5083 | /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently |
| 5084 | /// being defined. |
| 5085 | bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); |
| 5086 | |
| 5087 | /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. |
| 5088 | ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
| 5089 | |
| 5090 | |
| 5091 | /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. |
| 5092 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
| 5093 | |
| 5094 | ExprResult |
| 5095 | ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs, |
| 5096 | SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen); |
| 5097 | |
| 5098 | /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. |
| 5099 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); |
| 5100 | |
| 5101 | //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. |
| 5102 | ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); |
| 5103 | ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, |
| 5104 | bool IsThrownVarInScope); |
| 5105 | bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E); |
| 5106 | |
| 5107 | /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. |
| 5108 | /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") |
| 5109 | /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") |
| 5110 | /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). |
| 5111 | ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, |
| 5112 | SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc, |
| 5113 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
| 5114 | SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc, |
| 5115 | bool ListInitialization); |
| 5116 | |
| 5117 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, |
| 5118 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 5119 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
| 5120 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 5121 | bool ListInitialization); |
| 5122 | |
| 5123 | /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. |
| 5124 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, |
| 5125 | SourceLocation PlacementLParen, |
| 5126 | MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, |
| 5127 | SourceLocation PlacementRParen, |
| 5128 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, |
| 5129 | Expr *Initializer); |
| 5130 | ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, |
| 5131 | SourceLocation PlacementLParen, |
| 5132 | MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, |
| 5133 | SourceLocation PlacementRParen, |
| 5134 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, |
| 5135 | QualType AllocType, |
| 5136 | TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, |
| 5137 | Expr *ArraySize, |
| 5138 | SourceRange DirectInitRange, |
| 5139 | Expr *Initializer); |
| 5140 | |
| 5141 | bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 5142 | SourceRange R); |
| 5143 | |
| 5144 | /// \brief The scope in which to find allocation functions. |
| 5145 | enum AllocationFunctionScope { |
| 5146 | /// \brief Only look for allocation functions in the global scope. |
| 5147 | AFS_Global, |
| 5148 | /// \brief Only look for allocation functions in the scope of the |
| 5149 | /// allocated class. |
| 5150 | AFS_Class, |
| 5151 | /// \brief Look for allocation functions in both the global scope |
| 5152 | /// and in the scope of the allocated class. |
| 5153 | AFS_Both |
| 5154 | }; |
| 5155 | |
| 5156 | /// \brief Finds the overloads of operator new and delete that are appropriate |
| 5157 | /// for the allocation. |
| 5158 | bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, |
| 5159 | AllocationFunctionScope NewScope, |
| 5160 | AllocationFunctionScope DeleteScope, |
| 5161 | QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, |
| 5162 | bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, |
| 5163 | FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, |
| 5164 | FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete, |
| 5165 | bool Diagnose = true); |
| 5166 | void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); |
| 5167 | void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, |
| 5168 | ArrayRef<QualType> Params); |
| 5169 | |
| 5170 | bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
| 5171 | DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, |
| 5172 | bool Diagnose = true); |
| 5173 | FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 5174 | bool CanProvideSize, |
| 5175 | bool Overaligned, |
| 5176 | DeclarationName Name); |
| 5177 | FunctionDecl *FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 5178 | CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
| 5179 | |
| 5180 | /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression |
| 5181 | ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 5182 | bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, |
| 5183 | Expr *Operand); |
| 5184 | void CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 5185 | bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual, |
| 5186 | bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes, |
| 5187 | SourceLocation DtorLoc); |
| 5188 | |
| 5189 | ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, |
| 5190 | Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); |
| 5191 | ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, |
| 5192 | SourceLocation RParen); |
| 5193 | |
| 5194 | /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. |
| 5195 | ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 5196 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, |
| 5197 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 5198 | ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 5199 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, |
| 5200 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 5201 | |
| 5202 | /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the binary type trait support |
| 5203 | /// pseudo-functions. |
| 5204 | ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, |
| 5205 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 5206 | ParsedType LhsTy, |
| 5207 | Expr *DimExpr, |
| 5208 | SourceLocation RParen); |
| 5209 | |
| 5210 | ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, |
| 5211 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 5212 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
| 5213 | Expr *DimExpr, |
| 5214 | SourceLocation RParen); |
| 5215 | |
| 5216 | /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support |
| 5217 | /// pseudo-functions. |
| 5218 | ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, |
| 5219 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 5220 | Expr *Queried, |
| 5221 | SourceLocation RParen); |
| 5222 | |
| 5223 | ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, |
| 5224 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 5225 | Expr *Queried, |
| 5226 | SourceLocation RParen); |
| 5227 | |
| 5228 | ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, |
| 5229 | Expr *Base, |
| 5230 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5231 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
| 5232 | ParsedType &ObjectType, |
| 5233 | bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); |
| 5234 | |
| 5235 | ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, |
| 5236 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5237 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
| 5238 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5239 | TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, |
| 5240 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
| 5241 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
| 5242 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType); |
| 5243 | |
| 5244 | ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
| 5245 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5246 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
| 5247 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5248 | UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, |
| 5249 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
| 5250 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
| 5251 | UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName); |
| 5252 | |
| 5253 | ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
| 5254 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5255 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
| 5256 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
| 5257 | const DeclSpec& DS); |
| 5258 | |
| 5259 | /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression |
| 5260 | /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. |
| 5261 | /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. |
| 5262 | Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); |
| 5263 | Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); |
| 5264 | ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); |
| 5265 | |
| 5266 | MaterializeTemporaryExpr * |
| 5267 | CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary, |
| 5268 | bool BoundToLvalueReference); |
| 5269 | |
| 5270 | ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { |
| 5271 | return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() |
| 5272 | : SourceLocation()); |
| 5273 | } |
| 5274 | ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, |
| 5275 | bool DiscardedValue = false, |
| 5276 | bool IsConstexpr = false, |
| 5277 | bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false); |
| 5278 | StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); |
| 5279 | |
| 5280 | // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. |
| 5281 | bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); |
| 5282 | |
| 5283 | DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); |
| 5284 | DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5285 | bool EnteringContext = false); |
| 5286 | bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
| 5287 | CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); |
| 5288 | |
| 5289 | /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. |
| 5290 | /// |